Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Grocery Stores / J Sainsbury PLC

J Sainsbury PLC

gb0767628 · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker gb0767628
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Grocery Stores
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · J Sainsbury PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Also available online...
www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/report2008

ANNUAL REPORT AND 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2008

Annual Review
Chairman’s statement 
Business review 
– Our business and its markets 
– Corporate objectives 
– Operating review 
– Financial review 
– Principal risks and uncertainties 
Board of Directors 
Operating Board 

Governance
Directors’ report 
Statement of corporate governance 
Remuneration report 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Financial Statements & additional information
Independent auditors’ report to the members
  of J Sainsbury plc 
Group income statement 
Statements of recognised income and expense 
Balance sheets 
Cash fl ow statements 
Notes to the fi nancial statements 
Five year fi nancial record 
Additional shareholder information 
Financial calendar 
Glossary 

2

3

3

4

7

12

17

18

20

21

23

27

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

86

87

89

90

Notes
Like-for-like sales: Like-for-like sales are Easter adjusted for comparative purposes. 2007/08 included two Good Friday trading weeks and one Easter Monday trading week. 
2006/07 included one Good Friday trading week and one Easter Monday trading week. 2008/09 will include one Easter Monday trading week only. 

Underlying profi t before tax: Profi t before tax from continuing operations before any gain or loss on the sale of properties, impairment of goodwill, impairment of properties 
held within joint ventures, fi nancing fair value movements and one-off items that are material and infrequent in nature. In the current fi nancial year, these one-off items were 
the costs relating to approach from Delta Two, the costs associated with Offi ce of Fair Trading dairy inquiry and fair value gain on other fi nancial asset. In the prior fi nancial 
year, these one-off items were the profi t on part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank and past service gains on defi ned benefi t schemes.

Underlying basic earnings per share: Profi t after tax from continuing operations attributable to equity holders before any gain or loss on the sale of properties, impairment 
of goodwill, impairment of properties held within joint ventures, fi nancing fair value movements and one-off items that are material and infrequent in nature, divided by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding those held by the ESOP trusts, which are treated as cancelled.

MSGA sales: Are defi ned as retailing sales including VAT excluding fuel.

£238 million was the Group’s underlying profi t before tax in 2004/05.

Customer numbers: Are quoted on a consistent basis, but exclude the Bells and Jacksons convenience stores customers of approximately 1.3 million.

Since March 2007 the Group has undertaken £2 billion of asset management activity. This includes two joint ventures, the acquisition of freeholds and the disposal of surplus 
and mature assets. This activity has not all been completed within the 2007/08 fi nancial year.

Certain statements made in this announcement are forward-looking statements. Such statements are based on current expectations and are subject to a number of risks and 
uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from any expected future events or results referred to in these forward-looking statements. Unless 
otherwise required by applicable law, regulation or accounting standard, we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as 
a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

This year we decided to try 
something new.

Sainsbury’s is delivering an illustrated review of 
the 2007/08 year online at its corporate website 
www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/illustratedreview rather 
than in print. 

This decision is in keeping with our corporate 
responsibility principle of ‘respect for our 
environment’. By providing information online we 
have signifi cantly reduced the amount of paper 
printed and distributed to shareholders. We hope 
you will agree that this is a change for the better.

This annual report can also be accessed online 
at our website. 

With thanks to Anya Hindmarch, global social change movement 
‘We Are What We Do’ (“WAWWD”) and Antidote for the inspiration 
for the cover of this report and our online review of the year.

Sainsbury’s teamed up with Anya Hindmarch and WAWWD 
in April 2007 to launch the ‘I’m NOT a plastic bag’ re-usable 
shopping bag as part of its efforts to raise awareness of 
alternatives to disposable plastic bags. 20,000 bags sold out 
across the UK in under an hour. Sainsbury’s aims to halve the 
number of free one-use disposable plastic bags issued at its 
stores by April 2009. 

www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/illustratedreview

ww.j-sains

1

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

Chairman’s statement

This year has been particularly signifi cant for Sainsbury’s since it marked the completion of the Making 
Sainsbury’s Great Again (“MSGA”) recovery plan announced in October 2004. The plan was based on improving 
our customer offer and operational effi ciency to achieve sustained improvement in our level of sales and profi t 
growth. I am happy to report that actual sales growth in the last three years exceeded our expectations with 
£2.7 billion additional sales by March 2008 against the original stretching target of £2.5 billion. This is a great 
achievement in a challenging market. Our sales growth is also refl ected in substantially improved profi ts. Our 
underlying profi t before tax for the year was up 28.4 per cent to £488 million, more than double the £238 
million reported for the year to March 2005, prior to our recovery plan.

The Board is recommending a fi nal dividend of 9.00 pence per share, making the full year dividend 12.00 pence, 
an increase of 23.1 per cent compared to last year. This is covered 1.63 times by earnings which is in line with 
our stated policy of dividend cover in the range of between 1.5 times and 1.75 times.

It is a credit to the management team and colleagues at Sainsbury’s that our performance over the past 
12 months was delivered against an extended backdrop of speculation concerning the potential take-over of 
the Company which lasted for the majority of 2007. In April 2007 a private equity consortium, led by CVC, 
decided not to proceed with plans to make an offer for the Company, as the pre-conditions to their fi nancing 
arrangements, which were outside the control of the Board, could not be satisfi ed. In November 2007, Delta 
Two’s plans to make an offer were also withdrawn following a fi nal review by them of their fi nancing plans. 
Throughout this period the business continued to perform, well refl ecting the exceptional leadership and 
commitment from the management team.

We have also made progress in managing our property assets with the creation of two strategic joint ventures. 
These unlock the opportunity to develop stores signifi cantly and improve customers’ shopping experience and 
support our belief that effective property management is closely aligned to building shareholder value. 

We have a strong heritage and brand which is proving to be both resilient and increasingly relevant as 
consumers and shareholders are becoming more concerned with the social, environmental and ethical 
backdrop against which companies now have to operate. It is however, also evident that business conditions 
have become tougher in the last nine months as a result of the consumer slowdown now in evidence in the UK. 
The causes of the slowdown appear largely linked to the weaker prospects for economic growth in the light 
of the credit squeeze which gathered pace in the second half of 2007. The grocery retail sector is extremely 
competitive but the improvement in our performance in the last few years, together with 139 years of high 
quality and great value for customers, leaves us well placed to deal with these tougher conditions. 

The fi ndings published by the Competition Commission (“CC”) at the end of April 2008 brought its 
investigation to a conclusion. We welcomed its fi nding that the UK groceries market is ‘delivering a good deal 
for consumers’. This is consistent with the signifi cant improvements Sainsbury’s customers have experienced 
in product quality, availability, service and price over recent years. The CC recommended that a competition 
assessment should be introduced into the planning system. We argued for this for new stores throughout the 
inquiry to protect local markets from exploitation in the future. The CC also stated its intention to require more 
retailers to adhere to a new Grocery Suppliers’ Code of Practice, a proposal welcomed by Sainsbury’s. However, 
we believe the creation of an ombudsman to look into aspects of relationships between suppliers and grocery 
retailers is unnecessary. We will continue to play a full part in discussions with the CC and other parties, to 
ensure remedies are implemented in the most effective and effi cient way to improve choice for UK consumers. 
The OFT is currently investigating a possible competition infringement in the tobacco industry and also making 
early enquiries into the pricing of a number of other products sold by supermarkets. Sainsbury’s has strict 
guidelines for compliance with competition law and is cooperating with the OFT in each of its enquiries.

In August we welcomed Mary Harris and Mike Coupe to the Board. Mary joined as a Non-Executive Director. 
She has previously spent much of her career with McKinsey, most recently as a partner, and has extensive 
strategic experience in consumer goods industries including retail. Mary will also be a member of Sainsbury’s 
Audit, Corporate Responsibility and Nomination Committees. Mike joined as Executive Director. He has been 
with Sainsbury’s since 2004 as trading director on our Operating Board. With over 20 years’ experience in the 
retail industry including senior roles at Big Food Group, Asda and Tesco, Mike’s range and depth of knowledge 
of the UK retail market bring real value to our Board. 

I am delighted that we have successfully delivered against the MSGA targets set in October 2004 and that 
our business is a fundamentally more stable and robust business than it was when the recovery was launched. 
We are now focused on delivering the Recovery to Growth targets outlined in May 2007. These are summarised 
on pages 4 and 5 and were covered in detail in last year’s annual report.

2

Philip Hampton
Chairman

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

Business review

Continuing operations 

Sales (inc VAT) (£m) 
Sales (ex VAT) (£m) 
Underlying operating profi t (£m) 
Underlying profi t before tax (£m) 
Profi t before tax (£m)   
Profi t after tax (£m) 
Underlying basic earnings per share (p) 
Basic earnings per share (p) 
Proposed dividend per share (p) 

2008 

2007

19,287 
17,837 
535 
488 
479 
329 
19.6 
19.1 
12.00 

18,518
17,151
431
380
477
324
14.7
19.2
9.75

Our business and its markets 
J Sainsbury plc consists of Sainsbury’s — a chain of 
504 supermarkets and 319 convenience stores and 
Sainsbury’s Bank. 

Sainsbury’s Supermarkets is the UK’s longest 
standing major food retailing chain, having opened 
its fi rst store in 1869. The Sainsbury’s brand is 
built upon a heritage of providing customers 
with healthy, safe, fresh and tasty food. Today it 
differentiates itself by offering a broad range of 
great quality products at fair prices with particular 
emphasis on fresh food, a strong ethical approach 
to business and continuous leadership and 
innovation. Products are improved and developed 
to ensure the company leads in terms of the 
ingredients used and integrity of sourcing. A large 
Sainsbury’s store offers around 30,000 products 
and an increasing number of stores also offer 
complementary non-food products and services. 
147 stores also operate an internet-based home 
delivery shopping service. Sainsbury’s Bank is 
jointly owned by J Sainsbury plc and HBOS. With 
access to 16.5 million Sainsbury’s customers 
each week, operating costs are low allowing it to 
offer excellent value products with extra benefi ts, 
delivered in a simple and accessible way. 

The UK grocery retail market 
The UK grocery retailing market was valued 
at £123.5 billion in 2005/061 and is forecast to 
grow at an average annual increase of 2.8 per 
cent to £141.5 billion by 20112. Over the past year, 
Sainsbury’s strengthened its overall market share 
position to over 14.8 per cent although the market 
can also be divided a number of different ways. 
Excluding non-food, Sainsbury’s has the number 
two position in the market. 

Sainsbury’s growth will be affected by general 
market issues such as the impact of regulatory 
and planning regimes on store development and 
economic factors such as the level of household 
disposable income. However, Sainsbury’s strategy 
is aligned with factors such as customers’ 
preferences for the products they buy. A range 
of own label products offer a range with universal 
customer appeal and the company monitors 
prices on a weekly basis to ensure it maintains 
its competitive price position. The company 
is well positioned to anticipate and meet the 
increasing focus on fresh, healthy, quality foods. 
The development of Sainsbury’s complementary 
non-food offer addresses its customers’ desire to 
buy a greater range of non-food products along 
with their weekly grocery shop and the continued 
development of its convenience stores also takes 
into account of the faster pace of people’s lifestyles 
and the trend towards more frequent top-up 
shopping trips. 

Market share by region 

Scotland 
North East 
Lancashire 
Yorkshire 
Midlands 
Wales & West 
East England 
London 
South 
South West 
Northern Ireland 

2008 
% 

6.1 
8.5 
9.5 
10.6 
15.5 
9.5 
14.3 
24.8 
19.1 
13.8 
16.1 

2007
%

6.1
7.7
9.3
9.2
15.8
9.8
14.5
24.4
20.5
15.3
15.2

1  The Institute of Grocery Distribution (IGD) most up to date information available.
2  The IGD’s mid-case scenario forecast most up to date information available.
3  Measured by TNS.

6.1

16.1

8.5

10.6

9.5

15.5

14.3

9.5

24.8

19.1

13.8

The purpose of this 
Business review is to 
provide information 
on Sainsbury’s 
strategy and corporate 
objectives, and the 
market in which it 
operates together 
with a review of 
progress during 
the year ended 
22 March 2008. It 
includes an analysis 
of key performance 
indicators and an 
assessment of the key 
risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group.

30,000
products in a large 
Sainsbury’s store

16.5 million
customers each week

14.8%
Total market share
Source: TNS

3

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate objectives

Making Sainsbury’s Great Again
Targets exceeded

  Against our clearly defi ned key performance 

indicators we have 

•  Grown sales by £2.7 billion: exceeding plan to 
reach £2.5 billion sales growth by March 2008

•  Over £450 million invested in customer offer 
delivering best price position for many years

•  Achieved our cost savings target of £440 million

•  Delivered a neutral underlying cash fl ow position

In addition we have also achieved

•  13 quarters of consecutive like-for-like sales growth

•  Profi t more than doubled (£488 million vs £238 

million) demonstrating strong operational gearing

•  2.5 million additional customers: now over 

16.5 million a week compared to 14 million a week 
in 2005

•  Transacted around £2 billion of asset management 
activity including two property joint ventures since 
March 2007

Justin King 
Chief Executive

When I joined Sainsbury’s we 
undertook a complete review of 
the business and outlined a plan 
for Making Sainsbury’s Great Again 
(“MSGA”) in October 2004. The 
plan was based on delivering great 
quality food at fair prices. To achieve 
this on an ongoing basis we needed 
to fi x many fundamental parts of 
our operation.

Only by satisfying customers and improving sales 
could we return to sustainable growth in both sales 
and profi tability and this has driven everything we 
have done over the past three and a half years.

Our passion for healthy, safe, fresh and tasty food, 
our value, innovation and strong ethical approach 
to business provides differentiation between us 
and our major competitors and are what customers 
want and expect from Sainsbury’s.

Over the past 12 months we have continued 
to make good progress, growing like-for-like 
sales (excluding fuel) by 3.9 per cent and I’m 
delighted that the year culminated in fulfi lling 
the commitments made in October 2004. 

We have now reported 13 consecutive quarters of 
like-for-like sales growth and achieved £2.7 billion 
additional sales by March 2008 against the original 
stretching target of £2.5 billion. This is a great 
achievement in a challenging market. 

Our sales growth is also refl ected in substantially 
improved profi ts and operational gearing is 
coming through. We have good momentum as we 
now focus on taking Sainsbury’s from recovery 
to growth. This is an outstanding achievement 
and I would like to thank all 150,000 Sainsbury’s 
colleagues for the part they played. 

We remain focused on building and stretching our 
lead in food and are committed to providing great 
quality food at fair prices whatever our customers’ 
budgets. We’re accelerating the development of 
our complementary non-food offer to provide 
customers with a broader shopping experience and 
our ability to do this is being driven by the addition 
of sales space through both extensions and new 
store developments. 

We also continue to extend our relationship with 
customers beyond the traditional supermarket 
environment through the growth of our convenience 
store operation, our online offer and Sainsbury’s 
Bank. We have also announced plans to launch a 
non-food online business in the fi rst half of 2009/10.

MSGA PLAN >

FROM RECOVERY TO GROWTH >

4

Mar 2005

Mar 2006

Mar 2007

Mar 2008

Mar 2009

Mar 2010

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
Business review continued

From recovery to growth 
2007 to 2010 plan

•  Space growth — ten per cent new space by 

March 2010

•  Development of grocery and non-food ranges

•  Costs — 2007/08 cost savings of £155 million, 
thereafter ongoing cost savings to offset half 
our operating cost infl ation

•  Channel growth through online and 

convenience expansion

•  Profi t — profi t growth fl owing through at 
a percentage rate in high single digits

•  Annual investment in price and quality of 

100 — 150 bps

•  Sales growth — total additional sales of 

£3.5 billion by March 2010

•  Capital expenditure of £2.5 billion by March 2010

•  Cash fl ow neutral over three years

In May 2007 we outlined a number 
of new targets which build on our 
recovery to date to expand and drive 
further growth. These are ambitious 
plans that bring together the ongoing 
improvements we are making in 
effi cient operational performance with 
the work we have already completed on 
developing a universal customer offer.

Our active property management is enabling us 
to retain operational fl exibility while exploiting 
the development potential of our property assets 
and maximise value. Since March 2007 we have 
undertaken £2 billion of asset management 
activity, including two joint ventures.

providing a fi rm base for future growth. The task, 
encompassing fi xing many basics, from product 
range and pricing to supply chain and IT, was 
a huge undertaking for a business the size of 
Sainsbury’s and, as acknowledged at the time, 
was a job for the medium to long-term.

In May 2007 we outlined a number of new targets 
which build on our recovery to date to expand and 
drive further growth. These are ambitious plans 
that bring together the ongoing improvements we 
are making in effi cient operational performance 
with the work we have already completed on 
developing a universal customer offer. 

Achieving the MSGA targets has provided a fi rm 
base for ongoing sales and profi t growth and 
new space development. However, as we said 
throughout the second half of 2007/08, consumer 
budgets are clearly under pressure and we expect 
the market to remain intensely competitive. 

A good example of the progress that has been 
made is in product availability, cited in 2004 as 
our number one performance issue. The depot 
network has been successfully reorganised 
improving service to stores and today availability 
is the highest it has been since our records began.

A signifi cant amount of work has been undertaken 
in improving customer service and the product 
offer and customer transactions have now risen 
from around 14 million in 2004 to over 16.5 million 
a week. Over £450 million has been invested in 
price and quality and our price competitiveness 
is the best it has been for many years.

Sainsbury’s is now a much better business, able to 
compete and grow in this challenging environment. 
We will continue to focus on developing our offer in 
line with changing customer requirements and on 
driving further operational savings. This will ensure 
we continue to make progress in the year ahead.

We have achieved over £440 million of cost savings 
since March 2005 despite the fact that some of 
the original intended areas of saving, such as 
marketing, were re-assessed due to the changing 
competitive conditions.

Over the past three years signifi cant improvements 
have been made to the company’s operation 

Overall, the fi rst three years of MSGA have been 
successful and all the initial retailing targets set 
in October 2004 have been achieved.

5

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

Business review continued

Recovery to growth
In May 2007 we set new three-year targets that 
build on the strong progress made to date and 
drive further growth in the business. Five areas 
of focus have been identifi ed to take Sainsbury’s 
from recovery to growth.

•  Great food at fair prices: To build on and stretch 
the lead in food. By sharing customers’ passion 
for healthy, safe, fresh and tasty food Sainsbury’s 
will continue to innovate and provide leadership 
in delivering quality products at fair prices, 
sourced with integrity. 

•  Accelerating the growth of complementary 
non-food ranges: To continue to develop 
and accelerate the development of non-food 
ranges following the same principles of quality, 
value and innovation and to provide a broader 
shopping experience for customers.

•  Reaching more customers through additional 
channels: To extend the reach of Sainsbury’s 
brand by opening new convenience stores, 
developing the online home delivery operation 
and growing Sainsbury’s Bank.

•  Growing supermarket space: To expand 

the company’s store estate, actively seeking 
and developing a pipeline of new stores and 
extending the largely under-developed store 
portfolio to provide an even better food offer 
while also growing space for non-food ranges.

•  Active property management: The ownership 

of property assets provides operational fl exibility 
and the exploitation of potential development 
opportunities will maximise value.

To help lead the company through this next stage 
of its development we have strengthened our 
operating board with the addition of four new 
directors to oversee IT and change, commercial 
services, property and strategy. The changes are 
effective from mid June 2008 and give greater 
representation on the board for key areas of 
increasing signifi cance as our business moves 
from recovery to growth. 

In addition the company has strengthened its 
property team as the natural next step in its 
active property management. A new division has 
been created to dedicate resource to the ongoing 
management of Sainsbury’s property joint ventures 
and potential development opportunities to 
maximise value of the assets.

Operational effi ciency
The 2007–2010 targets are underpinned by ongoing 
operational effi ciencies. The cost savings achieved 
over the last three years have delivered signifi cant 
progress and there are further plans to reduce the 
cost base over the coming years, with the target to 
offset at least half of operating cost infl ation.

Creating operational effi ciencies is now embedded 
within the various functions of the business 
including the store estate, the distribution network, 
property development and central functions. 

In stores, night shift operations have been 
improved and bi-optic scanners and self checkouts 
are being introduced to help drive effi ciency. 
Shelf-ready packaging continues to be rolled out 
to improve replenishment further and additional 
enhancements to in-store labour management 
are planned for the year ahead. 

Within the distribution network there has been 
signifi cant improvement to depot productivity 
and store deliveries. These have been driven by 
new processes, network re-organisation, a new 
transport management system and the introduction 
of new facilities such as a new 530,000 sq ft depot 
at Northampton, built under carbon-negative 
conditions, which opened in November 2007.

In April 2008 we announced the appointment of 
Roger Burnley, previously supply chain director, 
into the new role of retail and logistics director on 
our operating board. This refl ected in part that the 
task had changed from fi xing the basics to ongoing 
operational improvements by consolidating the 
responsibility for both store and depot operations.

A 355,000 sq ft ambient facility was acquired in 
Staffordshire in March 2008 and a 550,000 sq ft 
centre in North Yorkshire, to be operated by 
logistics specialist Wincanton, will be used to 
consolidate the convenience store supply chain 
operation currently based in two centres at 
Maltby and Skelton. These will close later this 
year. The new depot will also provide relief for the 
supermarket estate this Christmas and when fully 
operational will employ around 500 colleagues. At 
Waltham Point, some of the automated equipment 
has been removed and similar refurbishment is 
planned at Hams Hall later this year.

Cost savings within the central functions are being 
delivered through more cost effective solutions, 
such as the recent creation of a shared services 
support centre in Manchester, the ongoing 
improvements to data analytics from the Nectar 
card loyalty scheme for targeting marketing spend 
and the future planned relocation of the central 
store support centre in Holborn, London to Kings 
Cross in 2011.

With the renewed focus on growing supermarket 
space, an enhanced store opening plan is now in 
place. We have developed our capability in this 
area to deliver more effi cient capital spend from 
the recently strengthened store development and 
property team. This team is focused on building 
and renovating for less by bringing in-house 
many of the procurement and planning functions 
previously contracted outside the business.

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

6

Operating review 

The Sainsbury’s brand 
‘Different values’ 
The values of the Sainsbury’s brand: the passion 
for healthy, safe, fresh and tasty food, our focus on 
delivering great products at fair prices, a history of 
innovation and leadership and a strong regard for 
the social, ethical and environmental effect of our 
operation, have continued to stand the test of time. 
Since we opened our fi rst shop in 1869, Sainsbury’s 
has informed debate and led on issues of the day. 
With customer numbers now at over 16.5 million 
each week, initiatives we introduce can have a 
real impact on UK consumers and in particular the 
food they eat is a responsibility we take seriously. 

A number of awards and audits over the past year 
recognised our achievements. In October 2007 
Sainsbury’s was voted ‘Supermarket of the Year’ 
at the Retail Industry Awards for the second year 
running. Other accolades include the highest 
mark awarded for environmental performance in 
the National Consumer Council’s ‘Green Grocers’ 
report, the only ‘A’ awarded to a major supermarket 
by Greenpeace and ‘best volume retailer’ and 
‘most improved supermarket’ by Compassion in 
World Farming for our commitment to improving 
animal welfare.

We publish a separate report on our corporate 
responsibility performance on our website at 
http://www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/cr. Five principles 
are at the core of the brand: to be ‘the best for 
food and health’, ‘sourcing with integrity’, to have 
‘respect for our environment’, ‘making a positive 
difference to our community’ and to be ‘a great 
place to work’. They provide differentiation from 
major competitors and defi ne and direct all 
our activities. 

Best for food and health
Over recent years customers have become 
increasingly concerned with the nutritional benefi t 
of individual foods as well as eating a better and 
more healthy diet. Providing innovation and clear, 
honest information helps customers choose a 
healthier diet and the right food for their lifestyles. 
We were the fi rst supermarket to put nutritional 
labels on the front of products when we introduced 
our Wheel of Health multiple traffi c light label 
in 2005. This is now on around 5,000 products. 
Continuing our innovation in healthy products, 
we launched the fi rst own label 1 per cent fat 
milk in April 2008. This contains around half the 
fat of semi-skimmed milk but retains the fl avour 
and same amount of calcium and vitamin B. If 
UK consumers switched from semi-skimmed 
milk to the new 1 per cent milk they could more 
than halve their saturated fat intake from milk 
each year.

Sourcing with integrity
The company believes in sourcing and producing 
products in a responsible manner. In November 
2007 we announced that palm oil used in our 
own brand food would come from certifi ed 
sustainable sources as increased demand is having 
a signifi cant environmental impact. The fi rst food 
on UK supermarket shelves to contain certifi ed 
sustainable palm oil will be Sainsbury’s ‘basics’ 
Fish Fingers later this month, making an everyday 
food more ethical. This will equate to around 
eight million fi sh fi ngers this year which are also 
Marine Stewardship Council (“MSC”) approved. 
By July 2008, Sainsbury’s soap will also contain 
certifi ed sustainable palm oil. Providing honest 
and transparent labelling, we will also be the fi rst 
supermarket to label the use of palm oil in our 
food with the fi rst range labelled by July 2008. 

Respect for our environment
Much of our work in respecting the environment 
is about good housekeeping to improve effi ciency 
and further reduce energy consumption. In April 
2007 we launched ‘Make the difference days’ 
(“Mtdd”) to raise awareness and action around 
different social, environmental and ethical issues 
and work in partnership with customers to make a 
sustained difference. The fi rst day highlighted the 
issue of free one-use disposable plastic bags. Over 
three Mtdds in total we gave away 15 million free 
‘Bags for Life’ made from 100 per cent recycled 
material. We encouraged people to re-use these 
bags and have since seen a 10 per cent reduction 
in disposable bags used by customers. In April 
2008, to mark the fi rst anniversary of Mtdd, we 
announced the ambition to halve free plastic 
bag usage by April 2009. We are also increasing 
the recycled content of our single use bags from 
33 per cent to 50 per cent, further reducing the 
environmental impact, and will issue Nectar loyalty 
points to customers re-using their own bags when 
shopping in Sainsbury’s stores from June 2008.

Making a positive difference to our community
Our stores are at the heart of the communities 
they serve and during the year, cash and in-kind 
donations to charitable organisations and other 
community projects totalled £7.6 million (2007: 
£6.6 million). Our colleagues, customers and 
suppliers raised £5.4 million (2007: £12.4 million 
which included Comic Relief) for charities through 
events supported by the company. Activities focus 
on areas that matter most to colleagues and
customers such as food, family, health and children.

The Active Kids programme is a great example of 
this where customers earn vouchers against spend 
in-store and online which can then be redeemed by 
schools, Scout and Guide groups against activity 

7

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

Business review continued

and cookery equipment. Since the launch in 
2005, £52 million of sports equipment, kit and 
coaching have been donated to over 26,000 UK 
children’s groups and nearly 40,000 registrations 
have been received for the 2008 scheme. New to
this year’s scheme is the opportunity for British 
children to donate vouchers to schools in 
developing countries.

A great place to work
Most store colleagues live within the communities 
served by their store and many donate time and 
effort to causes outside work. Our Local Heroes 
scheme recognises and encourages colleagues who 
do this with awards of £200 to £500. Providing a 
great place to work and community involvement 
are combined in activities such as sponsorship. 
Sainsbury’s has been the retail sponsor of Comic 
Relief since 1999 and raised £2.3 million for Sport 
Relief in March 2008. In October 2007, four 
colleagues from our Scunthorpe store, which had 
raised the single highest donation for Comic Relief 
in March 2007, went to India to see projects that 
were benefi ting from money raised, such as the 
Railway Children project which helps support 
some of the 18 million children living on the 
streets in India. 

117,000 colleagues will share a bonus of £47 million 
this year bringing the total amount paid out over 
the past three years to over £150 million. The 
bonus scheme is linked to the delivery of great 
service and product availability as well as overall 
sales and profi t measures. The targets for the 
one-off MSGA share plan have also been met in full 
at the end of the three-year period meaning that 
the fi rst payment under the scheme, due in May 
2008, will be made to around 1,000 managers. The 
second payment due in May 2009 will depend on 
continued strong performance. 

Great food at fair prices
Sainsbury’s customers expect quality to be 
maintained in the delivery of competitive pricing. 
Even though consumers have had to manage their 
expenditure more carefully over the past year they 
still want healthy, safe, fresh and tasty food as well 
as fair prices. Sainsbury’s price competitiveness 
is currently the best it has been for many years 
following the investment of more than £450 million 
over the last three years. Around 15,000 prices are 
checked every week to make sure our competitive 
position is maintained and developed.

In August 2007, we launched our ‘Different 
values’ campaign to emphasise the higher quality 
specifi cations and great value of our own brand 
products. In March 2008, our ‘Feed your family 
for a fi ver’ campaign showed customers how 
affordable, healthy and nutritious meals for a 
family of four could be prepared within a budget 
of £5. Since the campaign began sales of featured 
ingredients have shown a marked increase. Sales of 
the minced meat featured in the launch television 

advertisement increased by 200 per cent and 
demand for ‘basics’ spaghetti and tinned tomatoes 
also saw signifi cant increases. 

The campaign has particular relevance as 
consumers face increasing constraints on 
household spending but clearly shows that at 
Sainsbury’s they do not have to compromise 
on food quality when shopping on a budget. 
Customers also respond very positively to the 
tip cards which accompany the campaign. We 
fi rst issued the cards when we launched our ‘Try 
Something New Today’ branding in September 
2005 and since that time 200 million cards have 
been distributed, covering 350 different ideas.

We have worked hard to restore the universal 
appeal of the Sainsbury’s brand by developing 
product ranges that meet a diverse range of 
requirements. There is a clear rise in the ‘savvy 
shopper’ who buys both ‘basics’ ingredients, where 
an item’s appearance is not a primary concern, 
alongside premium ‘Taste the difference’ products, 
such as meat and fi sh, where strict quality and 
taste standards are required.

‘Taste the difference’ (“Ttd”) is our biggest 
sub brand at around £1 billion of sales a year. It 
comprises around 1,300 products and was our fi rst 
own brand range to be free of artifi cial colours, 
fl avours and hydrogenated fats. In the autumn of 
2007 we staged the UK’s biggest ever taste test 
with over fi ve million samples of over 200 different 
Ttd products tried in-store by customers. Fresh 
meat and fi sh have seen signifi cant growth, driven 
by both the increase in awareness of higher welfare 
chicken and a strong promotional programme.

Following its reinvigoration in April 2007 and 
signifi cant range expansion, our entry level ‘basics’ 
range had a strong year with growth, at 20 per 
cent, signifi cantly ahead of the market. Comprising 
around 500 products, it is our fastest growing sub 
brand. ‘Sainsbury’s SO organic’ range has over 450 
products. All fresh organic meat, eggs and milk 
come from British farms and 90 per cent of organic 
fresh produce is in home–compostable, recyclable 
or recycled packaging.

We have removed artifi cial colours, fl avour 
enhancers, the sweeteners aspartame, saccharin 
and acesulfame k, and the benzoate group of 
preservatives from virtually all our 12,000 plus 
own brand food and drink including market fi rsts 
for cola and lime cordial. The only exceptions are 
where it compromises product quality and in these 
cases there is clear labelling on product packaging. 
Sucralose is now the only sweetener used in 
Sainsbury’s own brand food and drink where, for a 
variety of reasons, customers wish to avoid natural 
sugars. We have not permitted the use of specifi c 
additives, as recommended for voluntary ban by 
the Food Standards Agency in April 2007, to be 
used in food and drink since 2005. 

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

8

Business review continued

The company has a long history of supporting 
British farmers. Support goes beyond the stocking 
of products to working with farmers to help raise 
capacity, skills, and empowering them to build 
sustainable businesses. In November 2007 we 
became the fi rst supermarket to use fl our from 
guaranteed traceable UK farms in our 360 in-
store bakeries by using top quality British wheat 
grown in East Anglia. Via the ‘Year of Food and 
Farming’ campaign, we are also helping to raise 
the profi le of British agriculture. This is linked 
to Sainsbury’s Active Kids scheme by providing 
information and equipment to schools and this 
year we will be offering schools farm and store 
tours in partnership with suppliers in each of our 
key agricultural regions.

Sainsbury’s has sold Fairtrade goods since 1994 
but the conversion of our bananas to Fairtrade, 
completed in July 2007, has made an enormous 
difference to Fairtrade farmers and their 
communities. By selling Fairtrade bananas at the 
same price as conventional bananas Sainsbury’s 
and its customers have helped create a social 
premium of circa £4 million in 2007 which will be 
returned to the growers and their communities. 
This is the biggest conversion of its kind worldwide 
and we now sell more Fairtrade bananas than all 
other major UK supermarkets combined with a 
market share in excess of 60 per cent.

To celebrate the 100 per cent conversion, in 
August 2007 we launched ‘The Sainsbury’s Fair 
Development Fund’. Run by Comic Relief and 
fi nanced with an initial commitment of £1 million 
from Sainsbury’s, the fund will be used to support 
a number of Fairtrade initiatives over a four-year 
period. It is hoped the fund will provide a major 
boost to the livelihoods of producers, especially 
in Africa, who will be supported in entering the 
Fairtrade system.

In September 2007, 14 ‘Local Hero’ store colleagues 
visited Sainsbury’s Fairtrade producers in Kenya 
and Tanzania as acknowledgement of their 
charitable work and to gain better understanding 
of the products and the benefi ts provided to 
farmers, workers and communities. In October 
2007, we announced that 100 per cent of our entire 
own brand tea would become Fairtrade, followed by 
roast and ground coffee. This is expected to triple 
the Fairtrade certifi ed tea sold in the UK and create 
an increased return of around £2 million each year 
in Fairtrade premiums for developing countries. We 
have more than doubled our Fairtrade sales over 
the last year and when this move is completed at 
the end of 2010, we will be the UK’s largest retailer 
of Fairtrade tea and coffee.

Accelerating the growth of 
complementary non–food
Sainsbury’s values are just as relevant in non-food 
ranges as in food. Non–food products follow the 
same principles of quality, value and innovation 
and although food is at the heart of Sainsbury’s 

brand, the development of ranges such as clothing, 
home, electricals and entertainment is enabling 
us to complement the food shop and provide a 
broader offer for our customers. 

TU, our own label clothing range which launched in 
September 2004, continues to be a star performer. 
We are now the eleventh largest UK clothing 
retailer by volume and during the past year sales 
have grown by around 40 per cent taking TU 
clothing to a £300 million brand. TU clothing is 
now in 270 of our stores but, with the full range 
still only in 74, there is signifi cant potential to grow 
sales as TU is extended further across the store 
estate. TU’s in-house designers follow the same 
focus on quality and value while tracking the latest 
developments in fashion and clothing technology.

In March 2006 we launched a range of Fairtrade 
certifi ed cotton clothing and sales of Fairtrade 
t-shirts are signifi cantly ahead of our expectations. 
In March 2008 we launched two new TU clothing 
ranges called ‘Grace’ in sizes 18 to 28 and ‘Petite’ 
catering for women 5ft 3in and under sized from 
8 to 18. Each range consists of 45 items and is in 
50 and 25 stores respectively.

The TU brand is now well established with 
Sainsbury’s customers and just as the ‘basics’ and 
‘Ttd’ (via ‘Different by design’) sub brands have 
been applied to non-food products, a new 1,700 
homeware range called ‘TU home’ was launched 
in two stores in Sydenham (London) and Oldbury 
(West Midlands) in April 2008. This completes our 
‘good, better, best’ range hierarchy in non-food, as 
in our food ranges, and complements 1,700 home 
and lifestyle products, such as storage, home offi ce 
and toys, already in our core non-food product 
range. This total offer of 3,400 items will be rolled 
out to additional stores over the next year. 

We had a strong Christmas offer across gifts, 
cards and wrapping and was our fi rst to be sourced 
direct by our in-house team. It also included a 
number of special buys and ‘stunt’ deals of large 
electrical products and we had a particularly strong 
performance in games, small electrical appliances 
and new technology such as MP3 players, digital 
cameras and satellite navigation systems. More 
recent product launches within our home and 
lifestyle offer include a children’s cookware 
range, designed to help encourage children to 
get cooking, and the expansion of our premium 
homeware range ‘Different by design’.

Our Health and Beauty ranges had a good year 
and 35 stores were refi tted with a new look and 
layout for these products. We increased our 
promotional programme to include ‘stunt’ deals 
on products such as nappies and our Champneys 
skincare range saw its third year of consecutive 
growth with over two million products being sold. 
We had 222 pharmacies within our supermarkets 
at the end of March 2008. We recruited additional 
pharmacists to strengthen our team as well as 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

9

Business review continued

assisting pharmacy colleagues to continue their 
professional development to continuously improve 
this area of service for customers. The fi rst General 
Practitioners’ (“GP”) surgery to be located in a 
supermarket opened at one of our Manchester 
stores in March 2008. Designed to give patients 
convenient access to GP services during evenings 
and weekends, this initiative has generated interest 
nationwide from GPs and Primary Care Trusts. 

The addition of sales space through both new store 
development and extensions is a key strand of 
our strategy to grow the contribution of non-food 
ranges. Over the three years to March 2010, the 
company expects overall sales growth to be split 
two thirds from food and one third from non-food 
with half the new space in that same period given 
to our growing non-food offer. By the end of March 
2010 sixty 60,000 sq ft or larger stores will have 
over 15,000 sq ft of non-food merchandise with 
TU clothing within 300 stores.

In August 2007, we announced our intention to 
move our central non-food operation to Coventry 
and the move is due to be completed by January 
2009. The TU clothing team has been based at the 
Coventry site since the clothing brand launched 
in 2004 but this will see it become a consolidated 
general merchandise operation. 

We are strengthening our senior non-food team with 
key recent hires bringing extensive non-food retail 
experience from major competitors. We are also 
recruiting around 150 product designers, buyers, 
merchandisers and administrative colleagues to 
support the Coventry operation. Our specialist non-
food team has grown over the last three years and 
investment has also been made across IT and the 
supply chain. The fi rst general merchandise range 
to be fully designed from the Coventry site will be 
Autumn/Winter 2008. We have also strengthened 
our Asian direct sourcing operation, based in Hong 
Kong, which now has around 50 colleagues.

the fi rst grocery retailer to operate an Electric 
Zero Emission vehicle. Many more are planned this 
year and our drivers continue to collect customers’ 
unwanted Sainsbury’s plastic carrier bags 
for recycling. 

A natural extension of Sainsbury’s increasing 
in-store offer will be a service providing non-food 
products online and we have announced the 
launch of non-food online offer in the fi rst half 
of the 2010 fi nancial year. The new service will 
provide customers with the choice of a range of 
Sainsbury’s own-brand and branded non-food 
products. Our central online team is being doubled 
to work on developing and implementing the 
non-food offer online. It will also require dedicated 
IT and its own supply chain as well as retail and 
central trading support representing an estimated 
revenue investment of circa £15 million in the 
2009 fi nancial year and a similar amount in the 
following year. 

Sainsbury’s Bank
Sainsbury’s Bank is an important part of the Group 
and following the creation of a 50:50 joint venture 
with HBOS in February 2007, the service was 
integrated into the core supermarket offer later 
that year. The Bank was re-launched with a product 
offer more in line with customer aspirations, 
including a market-leading internet saving product. 
Under the new joint venture arrangement with 
HBOS, we are reporting a small loss of £3 million 
for the full year.

Rob Walker retired as CEO of Sainsbury’s Bank 
earlier this month as planned after completing 
his two year contract. Under Rob, the Bank has 
made real progress and is now in a much stronger 
position for the future with more products and 
revenue streams and signifi cantly reduced 
underlying bad debt. Neil Chandler, previously 
Head of Loans with HBOS, took over the CEO 
role at the beginning of May 2008.

Reaching more customers through 
additional channels
Consumers’ shopping habits continue to change 
as customers increasingly want to be able to shop 
more frequently and more locally as well as via 
the internet. 

Convenience stores
Growing presence in the convenience sector has 
been an important part of our MSGA plans and in 
March 2008 Dido Harding joined the company to 
head up the convenience operation taking over 
from Lawrence Christensen. 

Sainsbury’s online
Our online home shopping operation has had an 
outstanding year. Sales grew by 43 per cent with 
a record Christmas performance. The service 
operated from 147 stores at the end of the 2008 
fi nancial year but had reached 151 stores by the 
end of April 2008. It covers 85 per cent of UK 
postcodes and delivers to more than 90,000 
customers each week, 40 per cent more than the 
previous year. We are expanding the number of 
delivery slots available to customers and continue 
to make operational improvements. We are also 

During the year 27 convenience stores were 
opened, six were closed, one was extended and 15 
were refurbished giving a total of 319 by the end of 
March 2008. Almost all of the 168 stores originally 
acquired from Bells and Jacksons have now been 
transferred to the ‘Sainsbury’s Local’ fascia with 
the exception of 36 stores considered unsuitable 
for conversion and for which a sale process 
commenced in March 2008. Nine stores have 
been sold to the Co-op and a sale has been agreed 
for the remaining 27 to Martin McColls which will 
complete in stages over the next couple of months.

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

10

Business review continued

We have also ended our agreement with Shell UK 
whereby Sainsbury’s Local stores operated on Shell 
forecourts. A total of 24 sites carried the offer but 
the return on investment was not satisfactory to 
either party and 21 will return to Shell while three 
will continue to trade as Sainsbury’s Local.

opportunities and maximising value. Over the year 
this has included buying freeholds of stores with 
development potential, the disposal of mature 
and non-trading assets and joint ventures to 
both access specialist development expertise for 
potential mixed use development as well as store 
extension opportunities.

Growing supermarket space
Following our improved performance, last year 
we began actively searching again for locations 
where we could introduce our offer to new 
communities. New space growth opportunities are 
being developed as part of the plans outlined in 
May 2007 to grow space by ten per cent by March 
2010. Half the targeted new space growth is set to 
come from new stores as we plan to open 30 new 
supermarkets and 100 convenience stores. Total 
new space will be split equally across food and 
non-food ranges. This will enable the continued 
development of a great food offer via expanded 
food halls as well as growing total non-food space.

Supermarkets
During the year 14 supermarkets (net of two 
closures) were opened including acquisitions, 
15 stores were extended and a further 52 were 
refurbished. The second half of the year saw a 
step up in the store development programme 
with 15 stores acquired from Kwiksave in October 
2007 transferring to the Sainsbury’s operation. 
Eleven stores became small supermarkets and four 
converted to Sainsbury’s Local. All were trading by 
Christmas 2007. At the end of March 2008 we had 
504 supermarkets. 

Gross selling area of 576,000 sq ft was created 
in the year; 472,000 sq ft in supermarkets and 
104,000 sq ft in convenience stores. Some 39,000 
sq ft of selling space was closed, resulting in net 
space added of 537,000 sq ft, growing ahead of 
plans at 3.1 per cent footage growth. 1.3 per cent of 
this growth came from extensions with 2.0 per cent 
from new store space. Closures reduced growth by 
0.2 per cent.

Our environmental Greenwich store, which 
originally opened in 1999 representing a watershed 
in supermarket architecture, was refurbished 
in the second half of the year. The store is a 
major investment in the environment and the 
refurbishment has taken its green credentials to 
the next level with the addition of features such 
as the use of carbon dioxide for the refrigeration 
system, an enhanced lighting scheme which 
includes greater use of natural light along with 
automatically dimming sales fl oor lighting and the 
inclusion of solar powered fans. 

Active property management 
The company believes that ownership of its 
property assets enables it to retain operational 
fl exibility while exploiting development 

Since March 2007 the Group has undertaken 
around £2 billion of asset management activity, 
including two joint ventures as part of the 
company’s active property management.

We have acquired the freehold to 10 sites for 
£285 million. As part of this process our specialist 
in-house property team will now be able to extend 
and develop stores, providing an improved customer 
offer and increasing their long-term value. 

We have also disposed of surplus and mature 
assets to realise cash and to fund our development 
investments. A number of transactions, including 
the sale and leaseback of four depots and disposal 
of two stores have raised £341 million in proceeds 
since March 2007.

In November 2007, we announced the formation of 
a strategic joint venture (“JV”) with Land Securities 
to bring together undeveloped properties and 
development expertise. The JV started with three 
properties but now comprises four, following 
the additions of a property in the second half 
of the year. The JV now has a market value of 
£125 million and the stores owned by the JV 
have signifi cant potential beyond standard store 
extensions, such as mixed-use developments. 
Both partners intend to add properties to the 
JV as well as actively pursuing other suitable 
opportunities together.

In March 2008 we announced an investment of 
£273 million into an existing vehicle, owned by 
British Land and comprising 39 stores, to create 
a new 50:50 JV company. At 1.3 million sq ft, the 
39 stores held by this securitised property JV, 
including many of our most important stores, 
accounts for eight per cent of our total net selling 
space. The JV has a valuation of £1.2 billion, and 
the investment represents a net equivalent yield 
of 5.1 per cent. Creation of this JV unlocks the 
opportunity to signifi cantly develop these stores 
and deliver an improved customer offer. It will seek 
to maximise the full potential of these development 
opportunities, including extending up to 25 sites 
by an estimated 500,000 sq ft of net selling area. 
We will benefi t from both the enhanced trading 
performance of the extensions as well as retaining 
a share of the increased property value.

As laid out in May 2007 our active property 
management is expected to be cash fl ow neutral 
over the medium-term.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

11

Financial review

Darren Shapland
Chief Financial Offi cer

Progress in year
The fi nancial results for the 52 weeks to 22 March 
2008 represent continued strong performance 
in line with the Making Sainsbury’s Great Again 
(“MSGA”) plan and completes the fi rst stage 
of MSGA.

Retailing sales (inc VAT) increased by 5.8 per 
cent to £19,287 million (2007: £18,227 million). 
Underlying profi t before tax was up 28.4 per 

cent at £488 million (2007: £380 million). Profi t 
before tax was £479 million (2007: £477 million).
Underlying basic earnings per share increased to 
19.6 pence (2007: 14.7 pence), up 33.3 per cent. 
Basic earnings per share were 19.1 pence (2007: 
19.2 pence). A fi nal proposed dividend of 9.0 pence 
per share has been approved by the Board (2007: 
7.35 pence) making a full year dividend of 12.0 
pence per share, up 23.1 per cent year on year 
(2007: 9.75 pence).

Summary income statement 
for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008 

Continuing operations 
Sales (inc VAT) 
Retailing — Supermarkets and Convenience 
Financial services — Sainsbury’s Bank1 

Total sales (inc VAT) 

Sales (ex VAT) 
Retailing — Supermarkets and Convenience 
Financial services — Sainsbury’s Bank1 

Total sales (ex VAT) 

Underlying operating profi t2 
Retailing — Supermarkets and Convenience 
Financial services — Sainsbury’s Bank1 

Total underlying operating profi t 
Underlying net fi nance costs3  
Share of post-tax loss from joint ventures4 

Underlying profi t before tax  
Profi t on sales of properties 
Financing fair value movements 
One-off items 

Profi t before tax 
Income tax expense 

Profi t for the fi nancial period 

Underlying basic earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share 
Approved dividend per share 

2008 
£m 

2007 
£m 

% change 

19,287 
- 

18,227 
291 

19,287 

18,518 

17,837 
- 

16,860 
291 

17,837 

17,151 

535 
- 

535 
(45) 
(2) 

488 
7 
(4) 
(12) 

479 
(150) 

329 

429 
2 

431 
(51) 
- 

380 
7 
8 
82 

477 
(153) 

324 

19.6p 
19.1p 
12.0p 

14.7p 
19.2p 
9.75p 

5.8
n/a

4.2

5.8
n/a

4.0

24.7
(100.0) 

24.1
11.8
n/a

28.4
0.0
n/a 
n/a

0.4
2.0

1.5

33.3
(0.5)
23.1

12

In 2007 Sainsbury’s Bank was fully consolidated until the Group sold fi ve per cent of its shareholding in February 2007; thereafter it has been equity accounted as a joint venture.

1 
2  Underlying profi t before tax from continuing operations before fi nance income and fi nance costs and share of post-tax profi t or loss from joint ventures.
3  Net fi nance costs pre fi nancing fair value movements. 
4  2008 includes Sainsbury’s Bank (£3 million loss) and the joint venture with Land Securities (£1 million profi t).

Retailing — Supermarkets and Convenience
Retailing sales (inc VAT and fuel) increased by 
5.8 per cent to £19,287 million (2007: £18,227 
million) driven by good like-for-like (“LFL”) growth 
and new space. LFL sales (inc VAT and inc fuel) 
were up 4.4 per cent. LFL sales (inc VAT and 
ex fuel) were up 3.9 per cent, in line with the 
Group’s medium term planning assumption of LFL 
growth of between three and four per cent, and 
includes 0.8 per cent contributed by extensions. 

The profi le of the LFL (inc VAT and ex fuel) sales 
performance was Quarter 1: 5.1 per cent, Quarter 
2: 3.1 per cent, Quarter 3: 3.7 per cent and Quarter 
4: 4.1 per cent. This profi le refl ects strong growth 
in Quarter 1 and the impact of poor weather and 
tough comparatives in Quarter 2. Both Quarter 
3 and Quarter 4 refl ected good growth against a 
toughening consumer environment and included 
good Christmas and January sale periods.

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business review continued

Key retailing metrics   
for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008 

Sales inc fuel
Like-for-like sales (inc fuel) % (Easter adjusted)    
Removal of Easter adjustment %1  
New space (ex extensions) % 

Total sales growth (inc fuel) % 

Sales ex fuel 
Like-for-like sales (ex fuel) % (Easter adjusted) 
Removal of Easter adjustment %1  
New space (ex extensions) % 

Total sales growth (ex fuel) % 

Retailing underlying operating profi t (£m) 
Year on year retail profi t growth %   

Retailing underlying operating margin %2  

2008 

2007

4.4 
0.3 
1.1 

5.8 

3.9 
0.4 
1.4 

5.7 

5.7
0.3
1.3

7.3

5.9
0.3
1.5

7.7

535 
24.7 

3.00 

429
21.9

2.54

1 

 Like-for-like sales growth has been Easter adjusted for comparative purposes. 2008 included two Good Friday trading weeks and one Easter Monday trading week. 2007 included one 
Good Friday trading week and one Easter Monday trading week. 2009 will include one Easter Monday trading week only. 

2  Retailing underlying operating profi t divided by retailing sales (ex VAT).

During the full year 537,000 sq ft of new space 
was added, a space uplift of 3.1 per cent on the 
March 2007 year end. 16 new supermarkets 
opened during the year generating an additional 
242,000 sq ft of space and there were two 
closures reducing retailing space by 27,000 
sq ft. 15 extensions during the year provided 
an additional 195,000 sq ft to the estate and 
52 refurbishments in the supermarket estate 
provided 35,000 sq ft. In the convenience 
estate, 27 new stores opened, six stores closed, 
15 were refurbished and 124 local conversions 
were completed. In total the convenience estate 

increased by 92,000 sq ft over the year. The Group 
expects that total space growth will be around 
3.0 per cent in 2009, with new stores of around 
2.0 per cent and extensions of around 2.0 per cent 
offset by closures and disposals of 1.0 per cent.

Sales from net new space (ex extensions and ex 
fuel) contributed 1.4 per cent of sales growth in the 
year. The Group expects the sales contribution 
from net new space including convenience disposals 
but excluding extensions to be around 1.0 per cent 
in 2009, comprising new stores of 1.5 per cent 
less closures and disposals of 0.5 per cent.

Retailing space summary 
Including checkouts 

As at 24 March 2007 
New stores 
Closures 
Extensions/downsizes/refurbishments 

Supermarkets 
(includes 
small Central 
supermarkets) 

Number 

490 
16 
(2) 

Supermarkets
(includes
small Central
supermarkets) 
Area 
000 sq ft 

16,680 
242 
(27) 
230 

Convenience 
Number 

Convenience 
Area 
000 sq ft 

298 
27 
(6) 

As at 22 March 2008 

504 

17,125 

319 

Memorandum
Extensions 
Refurbishments 

Total projects 

15 
52 

67 

195 
35 

230 

1 
15 

16 

Total 
Number 

788 
43 
(8) 

Total
Area
000 sq ft

17,364
344
(39)
232

823 

17,901

16 
67 

83 

197
35

232

684 
102 
(12) 
2 

776 

2 
0 

2 

Going forward the Group is changing the way it measures retailing space to be in line with industry 
practice by excluding checkout space from the measurement. This broadly results in a reduction of the 
Group’s retailing space by ten per cent.

Retailing space summary 
Restated to exclude checkouts 

Supermarkets 
(includes 
small Central 
supermarkets) 

Number 

Supermarkets
(includes
small Central
supermarkets) 
Area 
000 sq ft 

Convenience 
Number 

Convenience 
Area 
000 sq ft 

Total 
Number 

Total
Area
000 sq ft

As at 22 March 2008 

504 

15,495 

319 

696 

823 

16,191

13

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business review continued

Retailing underlying operating profi t
Increased by 24.7 per cent to £535 million 
(2007: £429 million) refl ecting the positive sales 
performance and operational gearing driven from 
higher sales volumes and achievement of the 
fi nal year of the MSGA cost savings programme. 
This helped to mitigate the impact of continued 
investment in price and product quality and higher 
energy prices. Retailing operating margin (ex VAT) 
increased by 46 basis points to 3.00 per cent for 
the year (2007: 2.54 per cent).

Financial services — Sainsbury’s Bank
The accounting for Sainsbury’s Bank in the full 
year refl ects the sale of fi ve per cent of the Group’s 
shareholding in Sainsbury’s Bank to HBOS plc on 
8 February 2007. Following this date the Group’s 
equity share (i.e. 50 per cent) of the Bank’s post-
tax loss has been reported through ‘Share of 
post-tax loss from joint ventures’. This amounted 
to a £3 million loss for the full year primarily driven 
by investment in new products and lower profi t on 
insurance sales. In addition during the year, the 
Group invested £15 million in the ordinary share 
capital of Sainsbury’s Bank, which refl ects the 
growth of the savings balances. The Group expects 
the Bank to achieve a small profi t in 2009.

Active property management
During the year the Group continued its active 
property strategy of increasing its control over 
key trading assets with signifi cant development 
potential whilst disposing of fully developed mature 
assets. On 14 November 2007, the Group entered 
a 50:50 joint venture (“JV”) with Land Securities. 
This involved the Group transferring two properties 
and Land Securities transferring one property into 
the new entity. Subsequent to this date the Group 
contributed a further £15 million for the JV to 
purchase an additional property. 

The results of the JV have been equity accounted 
since inception and the Group’s share of the 
post-tax profi t of the entity is £1 million. The 
Group expects a similar small profi t in 2009.

In addition, the Group announced on 26 March 
2008 an investment of £273 million to create 
a 50:50 JV with British Land. This securitised 

property JV holds 39 stores, including many of 
Sainsbury’s most important stores, with a valuation 
of £1.2 billion, representing a net equivalent yield 
of 5.1 per cent. British Land’s existing £722 million 
of outstanding securitised third party debt, at a 
fi xed interest rate of 4.96 per cent and average life 
of 12 years, has been retained by the joint venture. 
Due to timing, this transaction has had no impact 
on the results of the business for the 2008 fi nancial 
year. As previously disclosed, the Group expects 
the British Land joint venture to be EPS neutral in 
2009, although the underlying profi t measure will 
be reduced by £5 million given that the incremental 
interest charge of around £15 million is recognised 
before tax and the expected JV profi t of £10 million 
is included on a post-tax basis.

Underlying net fi nance costs
Underlying net fi nance costs decreased by 
£6 million to £45 million (2007: £51 million), 
which comprised a £27 million increase in fi nance 
income and a £21 million increase in underlying 
fi nance costs. The key movements relate to a 
£13 million increase in the net return on pension 
scheme assets refl ecting the full year effect of the 
one-off contributions announced in 2006 and a 
benefi t relating to cash fl ow improvements, which 
have been partially offset by the impact of higher 
interest rates on the Group’s variable rate and 
infl ation-linked borrowings. 

The Group expects interest costs to increase by 
£20 million in 2009 due to the impact of the British 
Land JV and a higher average net debt position.

Furthermore, due to the signifi cant movement in 
the pension balance sheet position there are a 
number of changes to the pension charges in 2009 
compared to 2008. This will result in an increase 
of £30 million in net fi nance charges of which 
£19 million is due to an increase in interest on 
pension liabilities and £11 million is due to a lower 
rate of return on pension assets. At an underlying 
profi t before tax (“UPBT”) level the impact of 
the increased pension charges of £30 million will 
be reduced by £24 million due to lower service 
charges, which are credited to operating profi t. 
Hence the net impact of these changes is a 
£6 million reduction to UPBT.

Underlying net fi nance costs 
for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008 

Interest income 
Net return on pension scheme assets 

Underlying fi nance income1 

Interest costs 
Capitalised interest 

Underlying fi nance costs1 

Underlying net fi nance costs 

1  Finance income/costs pre fi nancing fair value movements.

14

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

2008 
£m 

29 
54 

83 

(136) 
8 

(128) 

(45) 

2007 
£m

15
41

56

(117)
10

(107)

(51)

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business review continued

Profi t on sale of properties
A profi t of £7 million was delivered on the sale of 
properties during the year, which includes a profi t 
realised on disposal to the Land Securities JV, 
compared to a profi t of £7 million in 2007.

Financing fair value movements
Fair value movements for the Group resulted in a 
£4 million expense in the year (2007: £8 million 
income). The Group has one non-compliant hedge 
remaining as at 22 March 2008, with a notional 
principal value of £75 million.

One-off items
Fair value gain on other fi nancial asset
During the year the Group recognised a £22 million  
fair value gain on a fi nancial asset. This asset was 
disposed of during the year.

Cost associated with Offi ce of Fair Trading 
dairy inquiry
The Group has incurred £27 million of costs 
associated with the Offi ce of Fair Trading 
dairy inquiry.

Costs incurred in relation to approach from 
Delta Two
The Group has incurred £7 million of costs in 
relation to the approach from Delta Two.

Taxation 
The income tax charge was £150 million (2007: 
£153 million), with an underlying rate of 30.9 
per cent (2007: 34.8 per cent) and an effective 
rate of 31.3 per cent (2007: 32.2 per cent). 

The underlying rate exceeded the nominal rate 
of UK corporation tax due to the lack of effective 
tax relief on depreciation of UK retail properties, 
offset by the deferred tax rate change and 

over provisions in prior years. The disallowable 
depreciation amounted to £71 million in 2008 
(2007: £73 million) and is anticipated to be similar 
in the next fi nancial year. The effective tax rate 
is lower than in the previous year due to over 
provisions in prior years offset by higher non-
deductible expenses for tax purposes principally 
driven by the costs associated with the Offi ce 
of Fair Trading dairy inquiry. The Group expects 
an underlying tax rate of around 32 per cent to 
33 per cent in 2009. 

Underlying basic earnings per share
Underlying basic earnings per share increased 
by 33.3 per cent from 14.7 pence to 19.6 pence in 
2008, refl ecting the improvement in underlying 
profi t after tax attributable to equity holders.

The weighted average number of shares increased 
by 27.4 million due to the vesting of share option 
schemes.

Dividends
A fi nal dividend of 9.0 pence per share has been 
approved by the Board (2007: 7.35 pence) and will 
be paid on 18 July 2008 to shareholders on the 
Register of Members at the close of business on 
23 May 2008.

Underlying dividend cover ratio is 1.63 times, 
in line with our policy of being between 1.5 times 
and 1.75 times.

Summary cash fl ow statement 
Group net debt as at 22 March 2008 was 
£1,503 million (2007: £1,380 million) an increase 
of £123 million from the 2007 year-end position, 
of which £150 million refl ects the reversal of the 
working capital timing differences identifi ed at 
the 2007 year-end. 

Summary cash fl ow statement 
for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008 

Cash generated from operations1 
Net interest 
Corporation tax (paid)/received 

Cash fl ow before appropriations 
Purchase of non-current assets 
Disposal of non-current assets/operations 
Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares 
Capital redemption 
Investment in joint ventures 
Repayment of borrowings 
Debt restructuring costs 
Dividends paid 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Increase in debt 
Other non-cash movements 

Movement in net debt  
Opening net debt 

Closing net debt 

1  2007 comparatives includes £240 million cash paid into the defi ned benefi t schemes. 

2008 
£m 

998 
(97) 
(64) 

837 
(986) 
197 
43 
(10) 
(31) 
(36) 
- 
(178) 

(164) 
46 
(5) 

2007 
£m

830
(83)
9

756
(788)
93
81
(2)
-
(75)
(2)
(140)

(77)
79
33

(123) 
(1,380) 

35
(1,415)

(1,503) 

(1,380)

15

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business review continued

Depreciation and amortisation
The full year depreciation and amortisation charge 
of £481 million was £19 million lower than in 2007, 
of which £12 million related to Sainsbury’s Bank 
which is no longer consolidated.

Pensions 
The retirement benefi t obligations as at 22 March 
2008 have been calculated on a consistent basis 
with the previous year where appropriate, with 
updates provided on market based assumptions.

As at 22 March 2008, the retirement benefi t 
obligations less the fair value of plan assets was 
a surplus of £503 million (2007: defi cit of £97 
million). The net surplus after deferred tax was 
£366 million (2007: defi cit of £55 million). The 
movement into surplus mainly refl ects favourable 
market conditions around bond yields, which have 
increased the discount rate on liabilities.

Pensions 

Present value of funded obligations 
Fair value of plan assets 

Present value of unfunded obligations 

Retirement benefi t asset/(obligations) 
Deferred income tax asset (liability)/asset  

2008 
£m 

2007
£m

(3,668)   (4,395)
4,171 
4,298

503 

(8)  

495 
(129) 

(97)
(6)

(103)
48

Net retirement benefi t asset/(obligations) 

366  

(55)

Capital expenditure 
Net capital expenditure amounted to £799 million 
(2007: £631 million) in the year, which included 
£308 million on new store development (2007: 
£244 million) and £424 million on extensions and 
refurbishments (2007: £368 million). In addition 
during the year, freehold properties amounting to 
£168 million were acquired (2007: £64 million), 
in line with the Group’s plans to buy freeholds 
of trading sites where it believes there are 
potential long-term development opportunities. 
This expenditure has been more than offset by 
cash receipts of £219 million (2007: £106 million) 
in relation to corporate property transactions, 
resulting in net capital expenditure for the 
year of £799 million. Core capital expenditure 
is forecast to be in the region of £800 million 
for the next fi nancial year, with an additional 
net £100 million relating to the Group’s active 
property management inclusive of the £273 million 
investment in the British Land JV.

Capital expenditure 
for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008 

New store development 
Extensions and refurbishments 
Other — including supply chain and IT 

Core retail capital expenditure 
Freehold properties 
Proceeds from property transactions 

Net retail capital expenditure 
Sainsbury’s Bank 

Net Group capital expenditure 

2008 
£m 

308 
424 
118 

850 
168 
(219) 

799 
- 

799 

2007
£m

244
368
57

669
64
(106)

627
4

631

Summary balance sheet
Total equity as at 22 March 2008 was £4,935 
million (2007: £4,349 million). Gearing reduced 
year on year to 30 per cent (2007: 32 per cent), 
which primarily refl ects the improvement in the 
pension scheme position. The Group expects net 
debt to be between £1.6 billion and £1.7 billion at 
the end of 2009. 

Summary balance sheet 
at 22 March 2008 

Non-current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Debt 
Net debt 
Trade and other payables 
and provisions 

16

Net assets 

2008 
£m 

8,505 
681 
206 

2007
£m

7,661
590
197

719 
(2,222) 
(1,503) 

1,128
(2,508)
(1,380)

(2,954) 

(2,719)

4,935 

4,349

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties

Risk is an inherent part of doing business. The 
Group has a process for identifying, evaluating 
and managing the risks faced by the business 
as described in the Statement of corporate 
governance. The Board has identifi ed the 
following factors as principal potential risks 
to the successful operation of the business.

Economic and market risks
The economic environment and competitor 
pricing position can affect the performance of 
the Group’s businesses in terms of both sales and 
costs. Household disposable income is a driver of 
sales growth. Through development of our product 
ranges and investment in price and quality, the 
Group works to ensure that we deliver value for 
all our customers. As has been widely reported, 
external cost pressures on oil-related costs 
and business rates have impacted our business 
although the Group works hard to mitigate the 
impact of these cost pressures on our customers 
and the Group’s overall profi tability through the 
delivery of cost savings.

Regulatory risk
The Group’s operations are subject to a broad 
spectrum of regulatory requirements particularly 
in relation to planning, competition and 
environmental issues, employment, pensions 
and tax laws and in terms of regulations over 
the Group’s products and services. The Group 
monitors regulatory developments and has 
a strong compliance regime. Regular reviews 
and audits are carried out in stores and depots 
to ensure compliance and training needs are 
regularly reviewed and addressed as required.

Business continuity and acts of terrorism
A major incident or terrorist event could impact on 
the Group’s ability to trade. The Group has plans 
to maintain business continuity in the event of 
potentially disruptive events, which are regularly 
updated and tested.

Colleague engagement and retention
The Group employs around 150,000 colleagues 
who are key to the success of the business. 
Good relations with colleagues and investing in 
their training and development are essential to 
the effi ciency and sustainability of the Group’s 
operations. The Group’s employment policies, 
remuneration and benefi ts packages are designed 
to be competitive with other companies, as well 
as providing colleagues with fulfi lling career 
opportunities.

Products
The quality and safety of our products is of the 
highest importance and there is an associated 
risk if they are below standard. The Group has 
stringent product controls in place and regularly 
reviews health and safety policies. All suppliers 
are expected to conform to the Group’s code of 
conduct for Socially Responsible Sourcing which 
was launched in 1998 and covers fair terms of 
trading, protection of children, worker health and 
safety, equal opportunities, freedom of association, 
freedom of employment, hours of work and wages.

Supply chain
Our stores are part of a complex supply chain and 
the Group works in partnership with our suppliers 
to manage the risk of any delays or interruptions 
in this supply, which may affect trade.

Pension risk
The Group operates a number of pension schemes 
which includes two defi ned benefi t schemes. These 
schemes are subject to risks regarding the amount 
of the liabilities as a result of changes in life 
expectancy, infl ation, future salary increases, risks 
regarding the value of investments and the returns 
derived from such investments. The pension 
trustees, in consultation with the Company, have 
commenced changes to the scheme’s investment 
strategy to mitigate the volatility of liabilities and 
to diversify investment risk.

IT systems and infrastructure
The Group is reliant on its IT infrastructure in order 
to trade. A failure in these systems could have 
a signifi cant impact on our business. The Group 
has controls in place to maintain the integrity 
and effi ciency of its systems which are regularly 
updated and tested.

Treasury risks
The central treasury function is responsible for 
managing the Group’s liquid resources, funding 
requirements and interest rate and currency 
exposures and the associated risks as set out 
in note 29.

17

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

J Sainsbury plc: Board of Directors

Philip Hampton 
Chairman
Appointed Chairman on 19 July 2004. 
He was Group Finance Director of 
Lloyds TSB Group plc from 2002-2004, 
Group Finance Director of BT Group 
plc from 2000-2002, Group Finance 
Director of BG Group plc from 
1997-2000, Group Finance Director of 
British Gas plc from 1995-1997, Group 
Finance Director of British Steel plc 
from 1990-1995, an Executive Director 
of Lazards from 1981-1990 and a Non-
Executive Director of RMC Group plc 
from 2002-2005. Currently, Philip is a 
Non-Executive Director of Belgacom 
(the Belgian telecom group). Age 54

Justin King 
Chief Executive
Appointed Chief Executive Offi cer on 
29 March 2004 and is also Chairman 
of the Operating Board. He has been a 
Non-Executive Director of Staples, Inc. 
since September 2007. He was formerly 
Director of Food at Marks & Spencer plc 
and from 1994-2001 he held a number 
of senior positions at ASDA/Wal-Mart 
in Trading, HR and Retail. Justin was 
previously Managing Director of Häagen 
Dazs UK and spent much of his early 
career with Mars Confectionery and 
Pepsi International. Age 46

Darren Shapland
Chief Financial Offi cer 
Appointed Chief Financial Offi cer on 
1 August 2005 and is also Deputy 
Chairman of Sainsbury’s Bank plc. 
He was formerly Group Finance Director 
of Carpetright plc from 2002-2005 
and Finance Director of Superdrug 
Stores plc from 2000-2002. Between 
1988-2000, Darren held a number of 
fi nancial and operational management 
roles at Arcadia plc including Joint 
Managing Director, Arcadia Home 
Shopping; Finance Director of Arcadia 
brands; Finance Director, Top Shop/
Top Man (Burton Group) and Director 
of Supply Chain Programme (Burton 
Group). Age 41

Mike Coupe
Trading Director
Appointed an Executive Director on 
1 August 2007 and has been a member 
of the Operating Board since October 
2004. He joined Sainsbury’s from Big 
Food Group where he was a Board 
Director of Big Food Group plc and 
Managing Director of Iceland Food 
Stores. Mike previously worked for both 
ASDA and Tesco where he served in 
a variety of senior management roles. 
Age 47

Life President
Lord Sainsbury of Preston Candover KG

Key to Committee Members
  Remuneration Committee
  Audit Committee
  Nomination Committee
  Corporate Responsibility Committee

  Denotes Chairman of Committee

18

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
Board of Directors continued

Val Gooding 
Non-Executive Director
Appointed a Non-Executive Director on 
11 January 2007. She has been Chief 
Executive of BUPA since August 1998, 
which she joined from British Airways, 
and is also a Non-Executive Director 
of Standard Chartered Bank plc. Val is 
a member of the BBC’s Executive Board, 
and the Advisory Board of the Warwick 
Business School. She is a Trustee of the 
British Museum, and a Non-Executive 
Director of the Lawn Tennis Association. 
She was formerly a Non-Executive 
Director of Compass Group plc and 
BAA plc. Age 57

Gary Hughes 
Non-Executive Director
Appointed a Non-Executive Director 
on 1 January 2005. He is Chief 
Executive of CMP Information – 
a division of United Business Media 
plc. Gary was formerly Group Finance 
Director of Emap plc, Group Finance 
Director of SMG plc, Deputy Finance 
Director of Forte plc, and prior to this 
held a number of senior management 
positions with Guinness plc in the UK 
and in North America. Age 46

Bob Stack 
Non-Executive Director 
Appointed a Non-Executive Director 
on 1 January 2005. He joined Cadbury 
Beverages in the US in 1990 and was 
appointed to the Board of Cadbury 
Schweppes plc in May 1996 as Group 
Human Resources Director. In March 
2000 he was appointed Chief Human 
Resources Offi cer and took on 
responsibility for communication and 
external affairs in addition to HR. Bob 
is also a Visiting Professor at Henley 
Management College. Age 57

Anna Ford 
Non-Executive Director
Appointed a Non-Executive Director 
on 2 May 2006. She retired from the 
BBC in 2006, after 32 years in News 
and Current Affairs. Anna has been a 
Trustee of the Royal Botanical Gardens 
in Kew, London; is Chancellor of 
Manchester University; a Fellow of the 
Royal Geographical Society; a Trustee 
of Forum for the Future; an Honorary 
Bencher of Middle Temple and is on the 
Board of The Amazing Group. Age 64

Mary Harris 
Non-Executive Director
Appointed a Non-Executive Director 
on 1 August 2007. She is a member of 
the supervisory boards of TNT NV and 
Unibail-Rodamco S.A. Mary previously 
spent much of her career with McKinsey 
& Company, most recently as a partner, 
and prior to that worked for PepsiCo 
in Greece and the UK as a sales and 
marketing executive. Age 42

Dr John McAdam 
Senior Independent Director
Appointed a Non-Executive Director 
on 1 September 2005. He is Chairman 
designate of Rentokil Initial plc, a 
Non-Executive Director, and Chairman 
designate, of United Utilities plc and a 
Non-Executive Director of Rolls-Royce 
Group plc. John joined Unilever as a 
management trainee in 1974 and went 
on to hold a number of senior positions 
in Birds Eye Walls, Quest and Unichema, 
before the sale of the Specialty 
Chemical Businesses to ICI in 1997. He 
was Chief Executive of ICI plc, until its 
sale to Akzo Nobel, and was formerly 
Non-Executive Director of Severn 
Trent plc from 2000-2005. He is also a 
member of the University of Cambridge 
Chemistry Advisory Board. Age 60

19

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3

6

The Operating Board

1

4

7

2

5

8

Justin King (1)
See page 18 

Darren Shapland (2)
See page 18

Mike Coupe (3)
See page 18 

Tim Fallowfi eld (4)
Company Secretary
Company Secretary since 2001. 
Tim joined from Exel plc, the global 
logistics company where he was 
Company Secretary and Head of Legal 
Services (1994-2001). Prior to this he 
worked at Clifford Chance and is 
a qualifi ed solicitor.

Gwyn Burr (5)
Customer Director
Joined the Operating Board in 2004. 
Director of Sainsbury’s Bank plc. 
Gwyn has over 20 years’ business 
experience, including fi ve with Nestlé 
Rowntree and over 13 with ASDA/
Wal-Mart. At ASDA, she held various 
Board level positions across Own Brand, 
Marketing, Customer Service and Retail.

Roger Burnley (6)
Retail and Logistics Director
Appointed to the Operating Board in 
March 2006 as supply chain director 
and in April 2008 he assumed the new 
role of retail and logistics director. Roger 
was previously Supply Chain Director 
at Matalan. He spent his early career in 
retail management and buying at B&Q 
before joining ASDA/Wal-Mart, where 
he held a number of positions before 
becoming Supply Chain Director in 2001.

Imelda Walsh (7)
HR Director
HR Director since October 2001. 
Appointed to Operating Board when 
formed in May 2004. Before this was 
a member of the Board of Sainsbury’s 
Supermarkets Ltd from March 2003. 
Director of Sainsbury’s Bank plc. 
Prior to joining Sainsbury’s, worked 
for Barclays Retail Financial Services, 
Coca-Cola and Schweppes Beverages. 
Author of the Flexible working 
review, published May 2008, which 
recommended how to extend the right 
to request fl exible working to parents 
of older children.

Dido Harding (8)
Convenience Director
Appointed to the Operating Board in 
March 2008. Dido joined Sainsbury’s 
from Tesco where she held a variety 
of senior roles both in their UK and 
international businesses. Prior to 
this she worked at Kingfi sher plc and 
Thomas Cook Ltd where she gained 
considerable retail experience. 
She began her career as a consultant 
with McKinsey. 

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

20

 Directors’ report

The Directors present their report and audited fi nancial statements 
for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008.

Principal activities 
The Company’s principal activities are grocery and related retailing. 

Business review
The Business review sets out a comprehensive review of the 
development and performance of the business for the year ended 
22 March 2008 and future developments. The Business review is 
set out on pages 3 to 17 of this report.

Dividends
The Directors recommend the payment of a fi nal dividend of 
9.00 pence per share (2007: 7.35 pence), making a total dividend for 
the year of 12.00 pence per share (2007: 9.75 pence), an increase 
of 23.1 per cent over the previous year. Subject to shareholders 
approving this recommendation at the Annual General Meeting 
(“AGM”), the dividend will be paid on 18 July 2008 to shareholders 
on the register at the close of business on 23 May 2008.

Changes to the Board 
As previously reported, Mike Coupe, Trading Director, and 
Mary Harris, Non-Executive Director, both joined the Board 
on 1 August 2007. 

Re-election of Directors
In accordance with the Articles of Association, Mike Coupe and 
Mary Harris, who were appointed to the Board since the last AGM, 
will retire and seek election at this year’s AGM. Philip Hampton, 
Gary Hughes and Bob Stack will also retire by rotation and seek 
re-election. 

Full biographical details of all of the current Directors are set out 
on pages 18 and 19. 

Annual General Meeting
The AGM will be held on Tuesday, 15 July 2008 at The International 
Convention Centre, Broad Street, Birmingham B1 2EA at 11.00am. 
The Chairman’s letter and the Notice of Meeting accompany this 
report, together with notes explaining the business to be transacted 
at the meeting.

At the meeting, resolutions will be proposed to declare a fi nal 
dividend, to receive the Annual Report and Financial Statements 
and approve the Remuneration report, to elect Directors and to 
re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors. In addition, 
shareholders will be asked to renew both the general authority 
of the Directors to issue shares, and the authority to issue 
shares without applying the statutory pre-emption rights, and 
to authorise the Company to make market purchases of its own 
shares. No such purchase has been made during the last fi nancial 
year. Shareholders will also be asked to adopt new Articles of 
Association to refl ect changes introduced by the provisions of 
the 2006 Companies Act and other current market practice. 
A resolution to renew the authority to make “political donations” 
as defi ned by The Political Parties, Elections and Referendums 
Act 2000 will also be proposed.

Share capital and control
The following information is given pursuant to Section 992 
of the Companies Act 2006.

There are no restrictions on the voting rights attaching to the 
Company’s ordinary shares or the transfer of securities in the 
Company. No person holds securities in the Company carrying 
special rights with regard to control of the Company. The Company 
is not aware of any agreements between holders of securities that 
may result in restrictions in the transfer of securities or voting 
rights. Further details on the rights, restrictions and obligations 
attaching to the share capital of the Company, including voting 
rights, are contained in the Company’s Articles of Association. The 
Articles of Association may only be changed with the agreement 
of shareholders. Shares acquired through the Company’s employee 
share schemes rank pari passu with shares in issue and have no 
special rights. The J Sainsbury Employee Benefi t Trust waives its 
right to vote and to dividends on the shares it holds.

At the AGM held in July 2007, the Company was authorised by 
shareholders to purchase its own shares, within certain limits and 
as permitted by the Articles of Association. The Company made no 
purchases of its own shares during the year and no shares were 
acquired by forfeiture or surrender or made subject to a lien or 
charge.

On a takeover, options and awards granted to employees under 
the Company’s share schemes may vest. The Company is not party 
to any signifi cant agreements that would take effect, alter or 
terminate upon a change of control following a takeover bid.

Ordinary shares
Details of the changes to the ordinary issued share capital 
during the year are shown on page 60. At the date of this report, 
1,747,660,753 ordinary shares of 284/7 pence have been issued, 
are fully paid up and are listed on the London Stock Exchange.

B shares
At the Extraordinary General Meeting held on 12 July 2004, 
shareholders approved a Return of Capital to shareholders by way 
of a B Share Scheme. A total of 1,943,173,266 B shares were issued. 
The fi nal redemption of the 27,502,070 outstanding B shares took 
place on 18 July 2007.

Major interests in shares
As at 13 May 2008, the Company had been notifi ed by the following 
investors of their interests in 3 per cent or more of the Company’s 
shares. These interests were notifi ed to the Company pursuant to 
Disclosure and Transparency Rule 5:

Crédit Agricole Cheuvreux 
International Limited 
Judith Portrait (a trustee of 
various settlements, including
charitable trusts) 
Legal & General Group plc 
Lord Sainsbury of Turville* 
Vidacos Nominees Limited 
(which holds the shares as 
a nominee for Razino Limited) 
Qatar Holdings LLC 

Number of 
 shares 

% of
voting rights

  55,965,129 

3.21

  71,332,495 
  69,825,844 
 102,045,437 

4.09
4.00
5.83

  88,000,000 
 435,164,241 

5.07
24.97

*  Innotech Advisers Limited, an investment company 100 per cent owned by Lord Sainsbury of 

Turville, holds 92,000,000 of his shares in J Sainsbury plc.

Directors’ interests
The benefi cial interests of the Directors and their families in the 
shares of the Company are shown below. Options granted under the 
Company’s employee share plans are shown in the Remuneration 
report on pages 27 to 32. 

Mike Coupe 
Justin King 
Darren Shapland 
Anna Ford 
Val Gooding 
Philip Hampton 
Mary Harris 
Gary Hughes 
John McAdam 
Bob Stack3 

Ordinary 
shares1 
24 March 
2007 

98,1752 
  274,088 
70,241 
1,000 
1,320 
25,000 
— 2 
15,446 
1,000 
2,800 

Ordinary 
shares1 
22 March  
2008 

98,870 
390,383 
137,253 
1,000 
1,320 
25,000 
5,000 
18,246 
1,000 
2,800 

Ordinary
shares1,4
13 May
2008

98,870
390,446
137,253
1,000
1,320
25,000
5,000
18,246
1,000
2,800

1 

 Ordinary shares are benefi cial holdings which include the Directors’ personal holdings and 
those of their spouses and minor children. They also include the benefi cial interests in shares 
which are held in trust under the Sainsbury’s Share Purchase Plan.

2  As at date of appointment.
3  Held in the form of 700 American Depository Receipts.
4   Includes shares purchased under the Sainsbury’s Share Purchase Plan between 22 March 

2008 and 13 May 2008.

5   The Executive Directors are potential benefi ciaries of the Company’s employee benefi t trusts, 
which are used to satisfy awards under the Company’s employee share plans, and they are 
therefore treated as interested in the 22.4 million shares (2007: 23.5 million) held by the 
Trustees.

21

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued

The Company’s Register of Directors’ interests contains full details 
of Directors’ interests, shareholdings and options over ordinary 
shares of the Company.

During the year, no Director had any material interest in any 
contract of signifi cance to the Group’s business.

Directors’ indemnities
The Directors are entitled to be indemnifi ed by the Company 
to the extent permitted by law and the Company’s Articles of 
Association in respect of all losses arising out of or in connection 
with the execution of their powers, duties and responsibilities. 
The Company has executed deeds of indemnity for the benefi t of 
each Director of the Company in respect of liabilities which may 
attach to them in their capacity as Directors of the Company. The 
Company purchased and maintained Directors’ and Offi cers’ liability 
insurance throughout 2007, which was renewed for 2008/09. 
Neither the indemnities nor insurance provide cover in the event 
that the Director is proved to have acted fraudulently.

Market value of properties 
The Directors believe that the aggregate open market value of 
Group properties exceeds the net book value as set out in note 11 
on page 50 of the fi nancial statements. 

Policy on payment of creditors
The policy of the Company and its principal operating companies 
is to agree terms of payment prior to commencing trade with a 
supplier and to abide by those terms on the timely submission 
of satisfactory invoices. The Company is a holding company and 
therefore has no trade creditors. Statements on the operating 
companies’ payment of suppliers are contained in their fi nancial 
statements. 

Corporate Responsibility 
Sainsbury’s has a strong record in its commitment to corporate 
responsibility, which is an everyday part of how the Company 
does business. Details of the Company’s principal corporate 
responsibility initiatives and activities are set out on pages 7 and 8. 
The Company’s Corporate Responsibility report, which will be 
published in June 2008 (www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/crreport), provides 
a comprehensive statement on corporate responsibility and 
describes the Company’s policies and activities in relation to its 
fi ve corporate responsibility principles; Best for Food and Health, 
Sourcing with Integrity, Respect for Our Environment, Making a 
Positive Difference to Our Community and A Great Place to Work. 

Donations
During the year, cash and in-kind donations to charitable 
organisations and other community projects totalled £7.6 million 
(2007: £6.6 million). Sainsbury’s colleagues, customers and 
suppliers raised £5.4 million (2007: £12.4 million which included 
Comic Relief) for charities through events supported by the 
Company, including Sports Relief, Home-Start, which supports 
families in local communities across the UK, and CLIC Sargent, 
a charity caring for children with cancer. 

The Company made no political donations.

Post balance sheet events
Events after the balance sheet date are disclosed in note 38 on 
page 85 to the fi nancial statements.

Financial risk management
The fi nancial risk management and policies of the Group are 
disclosed in note 29 on pages 65 to 68 of the fi nancial statements.

Going concern 
The Directors are satisfi ed that the Company has suffi cient 
resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the fi nancial statements which are shown on pages 35 
to 85.

Disclosure of information to auditors
Each of the Directors confi rms that, so far as he/she is aware, there 
is no relevant audit information of which the auditors are unaware. 
Each Director has taken all steps that he/she ought to have taken 
as a director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the auditors are aware of 
that information. 

Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have expressed their willingness 
to be reappointed as auditors of the Company. Upon the 
recommendation of the Audit Committee, resolutions to reappoint 
them as auditors and to authorise the Directors to determine their 
remuneration will be proposed at the AGM. 

By order of the Board

The Company has well developed policies for fair and equal 
treatment of all colleagues, employment of disabled persons and 
colleague participation. During employment the Company seeks 
to work with each individual, taking into account their personal 
circumstances, to enable them to reach and maximise their potential.

Tim Fallowfi eld
Company Secretary
13 May 2008

The Company also actively works with a number of organisations, 
which seek to promote inclusion within the workplace, these 
include:

• 

• 

• 

Gold Card Members of the Employers’ Forum on Disability
 Signatories to the ‘two tick’ policy, which guarantees an 
interview to any disabled applicant meeting the minimum 
specifi cation for the role
Working with Shaw Trust, Remploy and Mencap.

The Company’s quarterly, interim and annual results are presented 
to all senior management and are communicated to all colleagues. 
Colleagues have always been encouraged to hold shares in the 
Company and over 39,500 colleagues are shareholders directly 
or through the Commitment Shares Plan Trust or the Sainsbury’s 
Share Purchase Plan Trust.

22

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

Statement of corporate governance

The following sections explain how the Company applies the 
principles and supporting principles of the Combined Code on 
Corporate Governance 2006 (the “Code”). 

The Board
The Board is chaired by Philip Hampton. The Board consists 
of three Executive Directors and six Non-Executive Directors. 
Dr John McAdam, is the Senior Independent Director. Mike Coupe 
was appointed as an Executive Director and Mary Harris was 
appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 August 2007. 

Biographical details of the Directors are set out on pages 18 and 19. 

The Board held 16 meetings during the year, including a two-
day strategy conference and meetings relating to two potential 
takeovers of the Company by the private equity consortium led by 
CVC and by Delta (Two) Limited. The Non-Executive Directors met 
during the year without the Executive Directors or the Chairman 
being present. 

Division of responsibilities 
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the Chairman 
and the Chief Executive which is set out in writing and has been 
approved by the Board. Philip Hampton is responsible for leadership 
of the Board, setting its agenda and monitoring its effectiveness. 
He ensures effective communication with shareholders and 
that the Board is aware of the views of major shareholders. He 
facilitates both the contribution of the Non-Executive Directors 
and constructive relations between the Executive and Non-
Executive Directors. He ensures that the Chief Executive develops 
a strategy which is supported by the Board as a whole. Justin King 
is responsible for executing the strategy, once agreed by the Board. 
He creates a framework of values, organisation and objectives to 
ensure the successful delivery of key targets, and allocates decision 
making and responsibilities accordingly. He takes a leading role, 
with the Chairman, in the relationship with all external agencies 
and in promoting Sainsbury’s. 

Independence/Non-Executive Directors 
The Chairman satisfi ed the independence criteria of the Code on 
his appointment and all the Non-Executive Directors who have 
served during the year are considered to be independent according 
to the principles of the Code. Bob Stack is a Director of Cadbury 
Schweppes plc which supplies products to Sainsbury’s, but neither 
the Board, nor Cadbury Schweppes, considers the relationship to 
be material in the context of their overall businesses. 

The Non-Executive Directors bring wide and varied commercial 
experience to Board and Committee deliberations. They are 
appointed for an initial three-year term, subject to election by 
shareholders at the fi rst AGM after their appointment, after which 
their appointment may be extended for a second term, subject to 
mutual agreement and shareholder approval. 

The Board’s role
The Board is focused on delivering sustainable added value for 
shareholders. It considers strategic issues, key projects and major 
investments and regularly monitors performance against delivery 
of the agreed key targets. It approves the corporate plan and the 
annual budget and reviews performance against targets at every 
meeting. These and other key responsibilities are formally reserved 
powers of the Board.

The Board considered a number of specifi c projects and initiatives 
during the year, particularly the two potential takeover approaches 
made by the private equity consortium led by CVC and by Delta 
(Two) Limited. The Board also considered and approved joint 
ventures with Land Securities plc (which combines the retail 
and development expertise of the two companies to develop 
Sainsbury’s supermarkets anchored developments) and British 
Land plc (in order to extend and develop trading stores to improve 
the customer offer and value). It considered carefully the Group’s 
capital structure, in particular the ownership structure of the 
Group’s freehold property assets, including the merits of separating 
these from the retail operating business. It monitored the progress 
of the investigation by the Competition Commission into grocery 
retailing in the UK, and reviewed the Company’s development, 
leadership and succession planning programmes.

The Board delegates certain responsibilities to its principal 
committees. The Corporate Responsibility (“CR”) Committee 
reviews key CR policy, taking into account the Company’s CR 
objectives and the overall strategic plan. Through the Audit 
Committee, the Directors ensure the integrity of fi nancial 
information, the effectiveness of the fi nancial controls and the 
internal control and risk management systems. The Remuneration 
Committee sets the remuneration policy for Executive Directors 
and determines their individual remuneration arrangements. The 
Nomination Committee recommends the appointment of Board 
Directors and has responsibility for evaluating the balance of the 
Board and for succession planning at Board level. Further details 
are set out below.

Attendance
During the year the Directors attended the following number of 
meetings of the Board and its Committees (the number of meetings 
held whilst they were Directors is shown in brackets):

Board  Committee  Committee  Committee 

CR  Nomination  Remuneration
Committee

  Audit 

Mike Coupe1 
Anna Ford 
Val Gooding 
Philip Hampton 
Mary Harris1 
Gary Hughes 
Justin King 
John McAdam 
Darren Shapland 
Bob Stack 

9(9) 
15(16) 
14(16) 
16(16) 
9(9) 
14(16) 
16(16) 
16(16) 
16(16) 
15(16) 

1  Appointed to the Board on 1 August 2007.

— 
— 
— 
— 
2(2) 
4(4) 
- 
4(4) 
— 
— 

— 
2(2) 
- 
2(2) 
1(1) 
- 
2(2) 
- 
- 
- 

— 
2(2) 
2(2) 
2(2) 
1(1) 
2(2) 
- 
2(2) 
- 
2(2) 

—
4(4)
3(4)
-
-
-
-
-
-
4(4)

23

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
Statement of corporate governance continued

Information and development 
The quality and supply of information provided to the Board is 
reviewed as part of the Board evaluation exercise. The Chairman is 
responsible for ensuring that all Directors are properly briefed on 
issues arising at Board meetings and that they have full and timely 
access to relevant information.

There is an agreed procedure by which members of the Board may 
take independent professional advice at the Company’s expense in 
the furtherance of their duties. The Company has a programme for 
meeting Directors’ training and development requirements. Newly 
appointed Directors who do not have previous public company 
experience at Board level are provided with appropriate training 
on their role and responsibilities. New Directors participate in a 
comprehensive and tailored induction programme including store 
and depot visits and meetings with members of the Operating 
Board, senior management and external advisors. Subsequent 
training is available on an ongoing basis to meet particular needs 
with the emphasis on governance and accounting developments. 
During the year the Company Secretary, Tim Fallowfi eld, has 
provided updates to the Board on relevant governance matters, 
new legislation and on Directors’ duties and obligations, whilst the 
Audit Committee regularly considers new accounting developments 
through presentations from management and the external auditors. 
The Board programme includes presentations from management 
which, together with site visits, increases the Non-Executive 
Directors’ understanding of the business and the sector. 

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary. He has responsibility for ensuring that Board procedures 
are followed and for governance matters. The appointment and 
removal of the Company Secretary is one of the matters reserved 
for the Board.

Board evaluation
The Board agreed that this year’s evaluation exercise should be 
conducted by the Company Secretary. Having agreed the key 
objectives with the Chairman, the Company Secretary prepared 
a detailed questionnaire and then met with each Director 
separately to discuss the Board’s role and structure, process and 
relationships, and any emerging issues. The performance of the 
Board Committees was also reviewed. The Company Secretary then 
presented the fi ndings to the Board, identifying what was working 
well and areas which could be improved or approached differently. 
The Board concluded that it was satisfi ed with the progress that 
had been made during the year and that it was working effectively. 
An action plan was agreed to address the themes which emerged 
from the exercise, with some additional items being added to the 
Board’s agenda for the 2008/09 fi nancial year.

The Senior Independent Director reviewed the Chairman‘s 
performance and subsequently met with him to provide feedback 
to him. The Chairman separately reviewed the contribution of each 
of the Directors with them. 

Operating Board
Day-to-day management of the Company is delegated to the 
Operating Board, which is chaired by Justin King. The Operating 
Board held ten formal meetings during the year. Directors’ 
responsibilities are set out on page 20. It has formal terms of 
reference setting out its key responsibilities. Minutes are copied 

to the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors. Operating Board 
members regularly attend and present at Board meetings as well 
as the strategy conference.

The Operating Board has delegated certain powers to the Trading 
Board, the Retail Board and the Investment Board and receives 
regular reports from the Health and Safety Committee, the Product 
Safety Committee and the Corporate Responsibility Steering Group.

Board Committees 
The Board has delegated certain responsibilities to the Nomination, 
Remuneration, Corporate Responsibility and Audit Committees.

Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee is chaired by Philip Hampton and 
comprises each of the Non-Executive Directors. Justin King is 
not a member of the Committee although he is invited to 
attend meetings. 

The Committee has reviewed succession planning and senior 
management development during the year, and the composition 
and balance of the Board, and the Committee recommended to the 
Board that Mike Coupe and Mary Harris be appointed as Directors. 
The Committee led the recruitment process, which resulted in 
Mary Harris being appointed. Search consultants were instructed 
by the Committee in connection with this appointment having 
considered the skills, knowledge, background and experience 
required for the role, and a job specifi cation was prepared. The 
Committee also specifi ed the time commitment expected of the 
role. Profi les of a shortlist of preferred candidates were prepared 
for the Committee and the potential composition and mix of the 
candidates were considered from a team perspective in order 
to ensure a complementary combination of competencies and 
experience. Prior to Mary Harris’ appointment the Committee 
considered a full range of references and the Non-Executive 
Directors took the opportunity to meet her separately. 

The Committee’s terms of reference are available on the website 
(www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/governance) and set out the Committee’s 
responsibilities. The Committee meets when necessary and in 
2007/08 met formally on two occasions and received further 
regular updates on the recruitment process. 

Remuneration Committee
The Committee is chaired by Bob Stack who was appointed 
a Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Committee on 
1 January 2005. The Remuneration report is set out on pages 27 
to 32.

Corporate Responsibility Committee
The Committee is chaired by Anna Ford, and Justin King and 
Mary Harris are its members. It met twice during the year. 
Formal meetings are supported by CR strategic meetings hosted 
by Anna Ford and Justin King. Each meeting is based around one 
of our fi ve CR principles and key external stakeholders are invited 
to attend. During the year fi ve meetings were held, relating to 
each of the fi ve principles.

24

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

Statement of corporate governance continued

At operational level, Justin King is the overall CR champion and 
chairs the CR Steering Group, attended by the fi ve Operating 
Board Directors who champion each of our fi ve CR principles.

A summary of the Company’s corporate responsibility priorities and 
activities are set on page 7. This year’s Corporate Responsibility 
report will be published in June 2008. 

The Association of British Insurers recommends that the Board 
considers material risks and control processes relating to 
corporate responsibility. The Board receives an annual update on 
health and safety and product safety, and relevant controls and 
governance, and any specifi c issues are reported to the Board as 
they occur. In addition the Audit Committee’s review of the system 
of internal controls and risk management processes referred 
to below includes corporate responsibility and the Committee 
considers any major corporate responsibility or brand reputation 
risks identifi ed by the process, to the extent any such exist. The 
induction programme for new Board Directors includes a full 
review of corporate responsibility.

Audit Committee
The Committee is chaired by Gary Hughes with John McAdam and 
Mary Harris (from her appointment on 1 August 2007) as its other 
members, all of whom are independent Non-Executive Directors. 
Following Jamie Dundas’ retirement from the Board on 2 February 
2007, until Mary Harris was appointed the Committee membership 
comprised only two independent Non-Executive Directors, but 
Philip Hampton, who has extensive fi nancial experience, attended 
all meetings of the Committee including the two meetings of the 
Committee during this period. The Board has determined that 
Gary Hughes has recent and relevant fi nancial experience. Philip 
Hampton, Justin King, Darren Shapland, Karen Whitworth, 
Director of Group Internal Audit, other senior members of the 
Finance Division and the external auditors are invited to attend 
Committee meetings. The Company Secretary acts as secretary 
to the Committee.

During the year the Committee met on four occasions, the 
agendas being organised around the Company’s reporting cycle. It 
monitored the integrity of the fi nancial statements and any formal 
announcements relating to the Company’s fi nancial performance 
and reviewed any signifi cant fi nancial judgements contained in 
them. The Committee has also reviewed the effectiveness of the 
Company’s fi nancial controls and the internal control and risk 
management systems and has monitored progress to ensure that 
any required remedial action has been or is being taken on any 
identifi ed weaknesses.

The Committee reviewed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s (“PwC”) 
overall work plan and approved their remuneration and terms of 
engagement and considered in detail the results of the audit, 
PwC’s performance and independence and the effectiveness of 
the overall audit process. The Committee recommended PwC’s 
re-appointment as auditors to the Board and this resolution will 
be put to shareholders at the AGM. 

The Committee has implemented the Company’s policy which 
restricts the engagement of PwC in relation to non-audit services. 
The policy is designed to ensure that the provision of such services 
does not have an impact on the external auditors’ independence 
and objectivity. It identifi es certain types of engagement that 
the external auditors shall not undertake and others (such as 
tax planning and mergers and acquisitions advice) that can only 
be undertaken with appropriate authority from the Committee 
Chairman or the Committee where non-audit fees will exceed 
pre-set thresholds. The Committee receives a report at each 
meeting on the non-audit services being provided and the 
cumulative total of non-audit fees. In the event that cumulative 
non-audit fees exceed the audit fee then all subsequent non-audit 
expenditure must be approved by the Committee Chairman. The 
majority of the non-audit work undertaken during 2007/08 related 
to corporation tax and VAT advice but work was also carried out 
on the takeover proposals and accounting advice on specifi c 
transactions. The non-audit fees for the year were £0.7 million 
and the audit fee for the year in respect of the Group, Company 
and its subsidiaries was £0.8 million.

The Committee has regularly reviewed the Internal Audit 
department’s resources, budget, work programme, results and 
management’s implementation of its recommendations. During 
the year the Committee approved the appointment of Karen 
Whitworth as the new Director of Group Internal Audit. She has 
direct access to the Committee Chairman and Philip Hampton. Gary 
Hughes has held separate meetings with her and PwC during the 
year. The Committee regularly met with PwC without management 
being present, and may meet the Director of Group Internal Audit 
separately if it deems necessary.

The Committee has reviewed the Company’s ’whistleblowing’ 
procedures during the year and confi rmed that arrangements are 
in place to enable colleagues and suppliers to raise concerns about 
possible improprieties on a confi dential basis. 

The Company has a fraud policy and has established a Serious 
Fraud Committee, which convenes in the event of serious incidents 
to oversee case management and ensure preventative measures 
are taken. The Audit Committee receives an update at each 
meeting of all material frauds and the actions taken.

The Committee’s terms of reference, which are available on 
the website (www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/governance), set out the 
Committee’s responsibilities.

Internal control 
The Board has overall responsibility for the system of internal 
controls, including risk management, and has delegated certain 
of these responsibilities to the Audit Committee. The Audit 
Committee has reviewed the effectiveness of the system of 
internal control and ensured that any required remedial action 
has or is being taken on any identifi ed weaknesses. The system 
of internal controls is designed to manage rather than eliminate 
the risk of failure to achieve the Company’s business objectives 
and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss. It includes all controls 
including fi nancial, operational and compliance controls and risk 
management procedures. 

25

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

Statement of corporate governance continued

The processes used to assess the effectiveness of the internal 
control systems are ongoing, enabling a cumulative assessment 
to be made, and include the following:

The system of internal control and risk management is embedded 
into the operations of the Company, and the actions taken to 
mitigate any weaknesses are carefully monitored. 

Investor relations 
The Company is committed to maintaining good communications 
with investors. Normal shareholder contact is the responsibility of 
the Chief Executive, Chief Financial Offi cer and Head of Investor 
Relations. The Chairman, Philip Hampton, is generally available 
to shareholders and meets with institutional and other large 
investors as required. 

There is a regular dialogue with institutional and other large 
investors who, along with buyside and sellside analysts, are 
invited to presentations by the Company immediately after the 
announcement of the Company’s interim and full year results. 
They are also invited to participate in conference calls following the 
announcement of the Company’s trading statements. The content 
of these presentations and conference calls are webcast and are 
posted on the Company’s website (www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/investors) 
so as to be available to all investors. 

To ensure that the Board understand the views of the major 
shareholders, Makinson Cowell provide investor relations 
consultancy services to the Company and report to the Board 
on the views of institutional investors and sellside analysts. Non-
Executive Directors also receive regular market reports and broker 
updates from the Company’s Investor Relations department.

Shareholders have the opportunity to meet and question the 
Board at the AGM, which will be held on 15 July 2008. There 
will be a display of various aspects of the Company’s activities 
and Justin King will make a business presentation. A detailed 
explanation of each item of special business to be considered at 
the AGM is included with the Notice of Meeting which will be sent 
to shareholders at least 20 working days before the meeting. All 
resolutions proposed at the AGM will be taken on a poll vote. This 
follows best practice guidelines and enables the Company to count 
all votes, not just those of shareholders who attend the meeting. 

Information on matters of particular interest to investors 
is set out on page 87 and on the Company’s website 
(www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/investors).

Compliance statement
During the year, the Company has complied with the provisions 
of the Code with the exception that, as explained above, the Audit 
Committee had only two Independent Directors as members instead 
of three until Mary Harris was appointed on 1 August 2007. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 discussion and approval by the Board of the Company’s strategic 
direction, plans and objectives and the risks to achieving them;
 review and approval by the Board of budgets and forecasts, 
including both revenue and capital expenditure;
 regular operational and fi nancial reviews of performance 
against budgets and forecasts by management and the Board;
 regular reviews by management of the risks to achieving 
objectives and actions being taken to mitigate them; 
 regular reviews by the Board and Audit Committee of 
identifi ed fraudulent activity and any whistleblowing by 
colleagues or suppliers, and actions being taken to remedy 
any control weaknesses; 
 regular reviews by management and the Audit Committee 
of the scope and results of internal audit work across the 
Company and of the implementation of recommendations. 
The scope of the work covers all key activities of the Company 
and concentrates on higher risk areas;
 reviews of the scope of the work of the external auditors 
by the Audit Committee and any signifi cant issues arising;
 reviews by the Audit Committee of accounting policies and 
levels of delegated authority; and
 consideration by the Board and by the Audit Committee of 
the major risks facing the Group and of the procedures in 
place to manage them. These include health and safety, 
product safety, legal compliance, litigation, quality assurance, 
insurance and security and reputational, social, ethical and 
environmental risks.

There is a continuous process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the signifi cant risks faced by the Company. This 
process has been in place throughout the year and up to the 
date of approval of the Annual Report and Financial Statements 
and accords with the Turnbull guidance (2005). 

The effectiveness of the process is reviewed annually by the 
Audit Committee which then reports to the Board. The process 
consists of: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 formal identifi cation by management of each division of the key 
risks to achieving their business objectives and the controls in 
place to manage them. The likelihood and potential impact of 
each risk is evaluated and actions necessary to mitigate them 
are identifi ed. The risks and progress in mitigating them are 
regularly reviewed at divisional leadership team meetings as 
part of their normal business activities;
 certifi cation by management that they are responsible for 
managing the risks to their business objectives and that the 
internal controls are such that they provide reasonable but not 
absolute assurance that the risks in their areas of responsibility 
are appropriately identifi ed, evaluated and managed;
 reporting and review by the Operating Board of risk 
management activities and actions to improve their 
effectiveness; 
 assurance from specialist functions and committees that 
legal and regulatory, health and safety, product safety, social, 
ethical and environmental risks are appropriately identifi ed and 
managed; and
 independent assurance by Internal Audit as to the existence 
and effectiveness of the risk management activities described 
by management.

26

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

Remuneration report

This report is made by the Board on the recommendation of the 
Remuneration Committee. The fi rst part of the report provides 
details of remuneration policy. The second part provides details 
of the remuneration, pensions and share plan interests of the 
Directors for the year ended 22 March 2008. The Directors confi rm 
that this report has been drawn up in accordance with Schedule 7A 
of the Companies Act 1985.

A resolution will be put to shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) on 15 July 2008 asking them to approve 
this report.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is chaired by Bob Stack, Chief Human 
Resources Offi cer of Cadbury Schweppes plc. The Committee 
comprises Bob Stack, Anna Ford and Val Gooding, all of whom are 
independent Non-Executive Directors. The Committee met four 
times in 2007/08. 

Tim Fallowfi eld, Company Secretary, acts as secretary to the 
Committee. Philip Hampton, Justin King and Imelda Walsh, Human 
Resources Director, are invited to attend Committee meetings. The 
Committee considers their views when reviewing the remuneration 
of the Executive Directors and Operating Board Directors. They are 
not involved in discussions concerning their own remuneration. 

The responsibilities of the Committee include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 determining and agreeing with the Board the broad 
remuneration policy for the Chairman, Executive Directors and 
the Operating Board Directors; 
 setting individual remuneration arrangements for the Chairman 
and Executive Directors;
 recommending and monitoring the level and structure of 
remuneration for those members of senior management within 
the scope of the Committee, namely the Operating Board 
Directors and any other executive whose salary exceeds that 
of any Operating Board Director; and 
 approving the service agreements of each Executive Director, 
including termination arrangements.

The Committee’s terms of reference are available on the Company’s 
website (www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/governance).

The Committee is authorised by the Board to appoint external 
advisers if it considers this benefi cial. Over the course of the year, 
the Committee was advised by Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”) 
whose consultants attended each Committee meeting and 
received copies of all the relevant papers. Deloitte also advised the 
Company on organisational, human resources, unrelated internal 
audit matters and IT consulting services. Towers Perrin provided 
comparative data which was considered by the Committee in 
setting remuneration levels. The Committee has also been advised 
by Linklaters, who also provided legal advice to the Company, 
whilst Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) calculations are supplied 
by UBS, who provided broking and banking services to the Company 
during the year.

Remuneration policy
It is the intention of the Committee that Executive and Operating 
Board Directors’ remuneration should be competitive, both in 
terms of base salary and total remuneration, taking into account 
the individual Director’s role, performance and experience. This 
approach is designed to promote the Company’s short and long-
term success through securing and retaining high calibre executive 
talent. Basic salary is targeted around the median of the market 
with an opportunity to earn above median levels of total reward 
in return for exceptional performance. A signifi cant proportion of 
the total remuneration package is performance related, aligning 
management’s and shareholders’ interests. Remuneration policies 
and practices are aligned with the key corporate strategy, targets 
and objectives and are designed to create long-term value 
for shareholders. 

In 2006, following an extensive consultation exercise with 
shareholders and institutions, the Committee formulated a new 
incentive framework (the “Value Builder” framework) to support 
the business strategy over the medium to longer term. This was 
consistent with best practice and was approved by shareholders 
at the 2006 AGM.

The Value Builder framework is based upon a number of key 
principles so as to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 build on the sales-led recovery plan announced in 2004 by 
embedding key measures of fi nancial and capital effi ciency;
 support strong performance of the core business and delivery 
of shareholder value by generating quality earnings, growing 
profi ts and generating cash for future investments and/or 
return to shareholders;
 provide a common focus for the top 1,000 managers (from 
Chief Executive to supermarket store managers) on critical 
business measures;
retain and motivate talent for the longer term; and
 provide competitive reward opportunities for delivering 
exceptional performance.

The Value Builder framework is a key part of the Company’s total 
remuneration package and consists of two elements, a deferred 
annual bonus plan with a performance related share match and a 
long-term incentive plan. These plans are described in detail below.

Set out in the relevant sections below is an overview of how the 
Committee intends to align the remuneration framework with these 
key principles over the next fi nancial year.

Components of remuneration
The main remuneration components for the Executive Directors 
and Operating Board Directors are set out below:

i)  Basic salary
Basic salary for each Executive Director is determined by the 
Committee, taking account of the Director’s performance, 
experience and responsibilities. The Committee also reviews 
Operating Board Directors’ salaries taking similar factors into 
account. The Committee considers salary levels in comparable 
companies by referring to the pay practices across the UK retail 
sector, in companies with an annual sales revenue over £5 billion 
and also in companies with a market capitalisation of between 
£3-£10 billion. This approach ensures that the best available 
benchmark for the Director’s specifi c position is obtained. The 
Committee also has regard to economic factors, remuneration 
trends and the level of salary increases throughout the Company 
when determining Executive Directors’ salaries. 

For 2008/09, the Executive Directors’ salaries were increased 
by 2.5 per cent, consistent with wider pay adjustments made for 
management and central non-management colleagues. With 
effect from 23 March 2008, the base salary of Executive Directors 
has been increased as follows:

Justin King 

from £850,000 to £872,000 per annum

Darren Shapland 

from £500,000 to £513,000 per annum

Mike Coupe 

from £475,000 to £487,000 per annum

ii)  Incentive arrangements 
In addition to basic salary, the Company currently operates 
incentive arrangements that comprise an annual bonus plan and 
long-term incentive plans. The Committee believes that incentive 
opportunities provided under these plans refl ect an appropriate 
balance between personal and Group performance. As such, they 
align the rewards of Directors with the Company’s immediate 
business priorities and the longer-term interests of shareholders. 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

27

Remuneration report continued

The balance between the fi xed (basic salary and pension) and 
variable (annual bonus and long-term incentive plan) elements of 
remuneration changes with performance, and the variable proportion 
of total remuneration increases signifi cantly for increased levels 
of performance. For median performance, since the introduction of 
the deferred annual bonus plan and long-term incentive plan, it is 
anticipated that between 50 to 60 per cent of total remuneration 
for Executive Directors will be performance related.

Incentive arrangements for Executive Directors and Operating 
Board Directors for the 2007/08 fi nancial year consisted of the 
Deferred Annual Bonus Plan and Value-Builder Share Plan. Awards 
earned under each of the incentive plans are non-pensionable. 
The following section describes those plans in detail, together 
with the J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005 (known as “the Making 
Sainsbury’s Great Again Plan”), which is now closed and no further 
grants will be made under it.

During 2008, the Remuneration Committee will carry out a review 
of remuneration policy to ensure that it continues to support 
the Company’s long-term strategic goals and provide market 
competitive reward opportunities.

Annual Bonus Plan 
All bonus plans across the Company are aligned under a set of 
shared common principles. For 2007/08 Board and management 
plans retained the same key targets based on profi t, sales and 
product availability, plus an element for personal performance. 
The Executive Directors, Operating Board Directors and all 
colleagues shared annual targets focused on sales and availability. 
Availability is measured across all stores on a regular basis by an 
independent third party, conducting random and unannounced 
store visits. In determining bonus payments for 2007/08, the 
Committee took account of individual performance over a 
diffi cult and challenging year, as well as performance against 
the key fi nancial/business targets of profi t, sales and availability. 
A payment will be made to Executive Directors in June 2008.

The 2007/08 bonus plan for store colleagues was based on the 
achievement of availability and customer service targets, measured 
in their individual stores, and a corporate sales target. As a result 
of stores and corporate performance in 2007/08, around 117,000 
colleagues will receive a bonus payment in respect of the 2007/08 
fi nancial year totalling around £47 million.

For the 2008/09 year, the maximum annual bonus opportunity 
will remain at 150 per cent of salary for Justin King and 100 per 
cent for Darren Shapland and Mike Coupe. The Plan’s performance 
measures will continue to be based around profi t, sales, availability 
and personal performance. For 2008/09 the greatest weighting will 
be on profi t. 

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan 2006 
The Deferred Annual Bonus Plan applies to the top levels of 
management including Executive Directors and currently comprises 
around 40 participants in total. The fi rst deferral took place in June 
2007, in respect of the 2006/07 bonus awards. The next deferral 
will take place in June 2008.

Under the Plan, a percentage of Executive Directors’ earned gross 
annual bonuses is deferred into the Company’s shares for a period 
of three years. The compulsory deferral for Justin King is 25 per 
cent of his gross bonus, with 20 per cent compulsory deferral for 
Darren Shapland and Mike Coupe. In addition, Executive Directors’ 
may elect to defer a further proportion of their gross annual bonus, 
provided it does not exceed their compulsory deferral level. In 
respect of the 2006/07 bonus award, Justin King decided to defer 
the maximum level of 25 per cent of his bonus on a voluntary basis. 
Darren Shapland and Mike Coupe deferred 20 per cent of their 
bonus, the maximum allowed on a voluntary basis.

To create a greater alignment between the Executive Directors’ 
and shareholders’ interests, the Plan measures the Company’s TSR 
performance over a three-year period against a bespoke UK and 
European retail comparator group comprising: Ahold, Carrefour, 
Casino, Delhaize, DSG International, Home Retail Group, Kingfi sher, 
Marks & Spencer, Metro, Morrisons, Next and Tesco. Alliance Boots 
was removed from the comparator group following its de-listing.

Up to two matched shares may be awarded for each share deferred 
depending on the extent to which the TSR measure is achieved. 
No shares are awarded for below median performance, and the 
full match will only apply where the Company achieves fi rst place 
within the comparator group. At median position the match will be 
0.5 shares for each deferred bonus share and the share match will 
be pro rated at every position between median and fi rst place.

To the extent that the performance condition is met at the end of 
the three-year performance period, the matched shares will be 
added to the deferred bonus shares. The deferred bonus shares 
and half of the matched shares can be accessed immediately, while 
the remainder will be held over for a further year. Dividends or their 
equivalents will accrue on shares that vest. 

Long-term Incentive Plan 2006 
The top 1,000 managers in the Company participate in this 
Plan (known as “the Value Builder Share Plan”), from the Chief 
Executive to supermarket store managers, and share common 
performance measures. 

Under the Plan a core award of shares in the Company is granted 
to all participants, calculated as a percentage of their salaries 
and scaled according to grade. As set out below, dependent 
upon performance, core awards can grow by up to four times. No 
awards vest for performance below the threshold levels. For 2008, 
following a review of the market competitive environment, the 
Remuneration Committee determined that in order to retain and 
incentivise its executive talent beyond the business milestones set 
in 2004, a maximum core award of 62.5 per cent of salary will be 
made to Justin King in 2008. Core awards of 50 per cent will be 
made to Darren Shapland and Mike Coupe.

Awards vest based on the performance of two stretching 
co-dependent performance conditions: Return on Capital Employed 
(“ROCE”) and a cash fl ow per share measure, both of which 
will be measured over the three-year performance period. There 
is no retesting. 

The Committee believes that there should be a strong link between 
short-term and long-term performance both in terms of business 
targets and associated rewards. Subject to the Company’s TSR 
performance against an industry comparator group, there will 
be an opportunity for the shares deferred from the Executive 
Directors’ bonus awards to be matched by up to two times, 
dependent upon the extent to which the TSR performance 
measure has been met. The Plan is consistent with the Company’s 
remuneration policy, is designed to support the achievement of 
both short-term and long-term performance targets, introduces a 
further retention element and helps to promote share ownership 
among senior management. 

These measures are designed to continue to build on the sales-led 
recovery plan and focus on creating further shareholder value. 
ROCE measures the effi ciency with which new cash is invested 
and through which existing capital delivers profi t, driving both cost 
savings and operational effi ciencies. Cash fl ow per share captures 
the Company’s operational effi ciency as well as the Company’s ability 
to generate cash for future investment or return to shareholders. 
In addition, the measures complement the sales, earnings and 
availability targets set under the annual bonus plan, and the TSR 
targets attached to the bonus deferral. The Plan measures are key 
indicators of business success and therefore create a further direct 
link between the interests of management and shareholders.

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

28

Remuneration report continued

No awards will vest unless threshold ROCE and cash fl ow per share 
targets are achieved. The performance measures are reviewed each 
year by the Committee, before a new grant is made, to ensure that 
they remain relevant and stretching.

The Committee determined that, for awards to be made in 
2008/09, adjustments will be made to the way in which ROCE and 
cash fl ow per share performance is measured, as set out below.

ROCE is calculated based on shareholders’ proportion of underlying 
operating profi t for the business. The capital employed fi gure 
excludes the one-off impact of capital spend in the year the 
calculation is made and also accounts for the net pension scheme 
surplus or defi cit after deferred taxation. 

The Committee determined that whilst management should be 
encouraged to reduce volatility in the overall pension position, this 
should not have an undue infl uence on the ROCE calculation, and 
that an appropriate focus should be retained on profi t generation 
and operational effi ciency. Therefore, the impact of the movement 
in the net pension schemes surplus or defi cit on the performance 
multiplier will be capped at 0.5 times for future awards. 

Total cash fl ow per share is calculated at the end of the 
performance period from two components:

• 

• 

 the underlying cash operating profi t or loss for the business 
before depreciation and amortisation, less interest and taxes 
(adjusted to strip out the impact of one-off items) in the fi nal 
year of the performance period. This refl ects the Company’s 
improved ability to generate sustainable cash fl ows; plus 

 the improvement in normalised working capital over the 
performance period. This refl ects the Company’s aggregate 
contribution to cash from improvements in working capital over 
the three-year period.

These components are then added and expressed as a per share 
fi gure. The improvement in total cash fl ow per share is expressed 
as a percentage of cash operating profi t per share in the base year 
and is annualised.

The working capital element will be capped so as not to comprise 
more than one-third of the total cash fl ow per share fi gure (the two 
components being considered on an absolute basis).

Vesting is calculated by applying a performance multiplier to the 
core award on a sliding scale up to four times. The performance 
matrix applying to Value Builder awards to be made in 2008 is 
set out below. Straight-line vesting will apply if performance falls 
between two points.

ROCE 

15% 
14% 
13% 
12% 
11% 

Total cash fl ow per share percentage

3% 

1.5 
1.0 
0.5 
— 
- 

6% 

2.5 
1.5 
1.0 
0.5 
- 

9% 

3.0 
2.0 
1.5 
1.0 
0.5 

12% 

3.5 
3.0 
2.0 
1.5 
1.0 

15%

4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
1.5

Performance will be measured at the end of the performance 
period. If the required level of performance has been reached, 
50 per cent of the award will be released at the end of year three. 
Subject to participants remaining in employment for a further year, 
the balance will be released on the fourth anniversary of the date 
of grant. The Committee has discretion to make adjustments to the 
calculation of the performance measures (for instance for material 
acquisitions and disposals) to ensure it remains a true and fair 
refl ection of performance. Dividends will accrue on the shares that 
vest in the form of additional shares. 

J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005 
Following extensive investor consultation, the J Sainsbury Share 
Plan 2005 (known as the “Making Sainsbury’s Great Again Plan”) 
was designed to reward strong growth in sales and profi tability. 
It is a one-off, self funded incentive arrangement and was closed 
to new entrants on 25 March 2006. 

Over 1,000 colleagues received conditional core awards under 
this Plan, from the Chief Executive through to supermarket store 
managers, focused on identical targets. The levels of core award 
were scaled according to seniority; the maximum being 100 per 
cent of salary for the Chief Executive. In addition, all Executive 
Directors and Operating Board Directors committed to making 
a personal investment of 50 per cent of salary in the Plan — 
accordingly Justin King, Darren Shapland and Mike Coupe 
acquired 118,754, 70,224 and 73,891 shares respectively.

Performance is measured over a four-year period from the fi nancial 
year ended 26 March 2005 until the year ending March 2009. 
Awards will vest if two stretching and co-dependent performance 
conditions are achieved: growth in sales and earnings per share 
(“EPS”). No awards will vest unless threshold levels of growth in 
both sales and EPS are achieved.

The maximum award available under the Plan is targeted towards 
sales growth of £2.5 billion (using a base fi gure of £13,588 million), 
and compound annual growth in EPS of at least 21 per cent over a 
four-year period. There is an opportunity for partial vesting of up 
to half the award if accelerated performance targets have been 
met at the end of year three (the year ended 22 March 2008). 
Performance will be tested in May 2008, and it is expected that 
awards will vest in full and that, in accordance with the accelerated 
vesting provisions, half of those awards will then be released. 

The EPS base year and targets were originally set under the Plan 
in accordance with UK GAAP. However, following the introduction 
of IFRS the Committee concluded that, in order to ensure that 
calculations were measured consistently and transparently and 
by reference to audited fi gures, the UK GAAP methodology should 
be replaced by IFRS. After considering various possible ways of 
restating the EPS base and target fi gures, the Committee agreed 
that the base year EPS should be updated to refl ect IFRS. As a 
result EPS is now measured with reference to underlying basic EPS. 
This reduced EPS for the base year from 8.6 pence per share to 
8.3 pence per share. The third and fourth year targets will also be 
reduced by the same amount of 0.3 pence per share to maintain 
them at the same levels. 

Vesting is calculated by applying a performance multiplier to the 
core award and personal investment; this is on a sliding scale from 
one times to fi ve times and is plotted in a matrix format, as set out 
on page 79. Dividends will accrue on any shares that vest and will 
be released to participants in the form of additional shares at the 
point of vesting.

iii) Other share plans
In order to encourage wider employee share ownership, the 
Company provides two all employee share plans for colleagues, 
namely the Savings Related Share Option Scheme (“SAYE”) and 
the All Employee Share Ownership Plan. Executive Directors may 
participate in these plans in the same way as all other colleagues 
and Justin King is currently participating in both plans. Darren 
Shapland and Mike Coupe participate in the SAYE plan. As these 
are all employee plans there are no performance conditions. 

The 2002 (fi ve-year) SAYE plan reached maturity on 1 March 2008. 
Around 3,500 colleagues could use their savings and tax-free 
bonus to buy Sainsbury’s shares at the 239.0 pence option price. 
The 2004 (three-year) SAYE plan matured at the same time and 
a further 4,800 colleagues could use their savings and tax-free 
bonus to buy Sainsbury’s shares at the 217.0 pence option price. 
Using the market price on the date of the fi rst exercise, the value of 
all the shares subject to the maturity was in excess of £21.3 million.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

29

 
Remuneration report continued

We currently have over 25,000 colleagues participating in the SAYE 
plan with over 49,300 individual savings contracts.

In 2003 we gave some free shares under our All Employee Share 
Ownership Plan to all colleagues who had one fi nancial year’s 
service. These shares were held in a trust for fi ve years and on 
4 June 2008, 1.4 million shares will be released to 39,600 colleagues.

iv) Pensions 
The Company’s Defi ned Benefi t Pension Plan was closed on 
31 January 2002 and neither Justin King, Darren Shapland nor 
Mike Coupe participate in it. Justin King and Mike Coupe do not 
participate in any Company pension plan and instead receive cash 
supplements in respect of their taxable pensionable earnings. For 
2007/08 Justin King and Mike Coupe received pensions supplements 
of 30 per cent of salary and 25 per cent of salary respectively. 

salary for the notice period plus 75 per cent of basic salary in 
lieu of all other benefi ts including pension and bonus. In addition, 
if he is dismissed within six months of a change of control the 
above sum will become payable. The contract contains restrictive 
covenants, which continue for 12 months after termination.

If Darren Shapland’s or Mike Coupe’s service contracts are 
terminated without cause, the maximum payment they would 
receive would be equal to one times basic salary for the 12 month 
notice period plus 50 per cent of basic salary in lieu of all other 
benefi ts. They are required to mitigate their losses and would 
receive phased payments, which would be reduced or terminated 
if they secured alternative employment during the notice 
period. Their contracts also contain restrictive covenants, which 
continue for 12 months after termination. The contracts do not 
contain any specifi c provisions relating to change of control. 

Darren Shapland is a member of the Executive Stakeholder 
Pension Plan, a defi ned contribution arrangement which is open 
to all senior management. He contributes fi ve per cent of his 
salary up to the Company’s earnings cap (2007: £112,800) whilst 
the Company contribution is 12.5 per cent of salary up to the cap. 
To the extent that his basic salary exceeds the earnings cap, the 
Company pays him a cash supplement of 25 per cent of salary 
on his pensionsable earnings in excess of the cap. 

v) Benefi ts
Other benefi ts for Directors may include the provision of company 
car benefi ts and free private medical cover.

Shareholding guidelines
To create greater alignment with the interests of shareholders 
and to be consistent with one of the objectives of the incentive 
framework, the Committee has proposed that all Executive 
Directors and Operating Board Directors should build up a 
shareholding in the Company over a fi ve-year period starting from 
2006/07 that is equal to their annual basic salary, and maintain 
it thereafter. At the year-end, Justin King held 390,383 shares 
in total, Darren Shapland held 137,253 shares and Mike Coupe 
98,175 in addition to their share scheme grants. At the year-end, 
based on year-end share price, this represented 153 per cent, 
91 per cent and 69 per cent of salary respectively.

Performance graph
The graph below shows the TSR performance of an investment of 
£100 in J Sainsbury plc shares over the last fi ve years compared 
with an equivalent investment in the FTSE 100 Index. This has 
been selected to provide an established and broad-based index.

£

300

250

200

150

100

50

Mar 03

Mar 04

Mar 05

Mar 06

Mar 07

Mar 08

J Sainsbury plc

FTSE 100 Index

The Executive Directors’ service contracts became effective on the 
following dates: 

Justin King 
Darren Shapland 
Mike Coupe 

  Contract date

29 March 2004
1 August 2005
1 August 2007

Chairman
The Chairman does not have a service contract. His letter 
of appointment became effective on 19 July 2004. He was 
appointed for an initial term of three years renewable on a 
12 month rolling basis thereafter by mutual consent. 

His appointment may be terminated at any time upon six 
months’ written notice from either party. He devotes such time 
as is necessary to perform his duties. The Chairman’s fees will 
not be increased in 2008/09, and have remained unchanged 
since his appointment in 2004.

The Chairman does not participate in any performance related 
incentive plans. 

Non-Executive Directors 
Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts. They are 
appointed for an initial three-year period, which may be extended 
for a further term by mutual consent. The initial appointments 
and any subsequent re-appointments are subject to election or 
re-election by shareholders. Their appointments may be terminated 
on three months’ notice from either side. 

Non-Executive Directors are paid a basic fee in cash of £50,000 per 
annum with additional fees of £10,000 per annum being payable to 
the Senior Independent Director and to the Chairmen of the Audit, 
Remuneration and Corporate Responsibility Committees. The fees 
are reviewed annually by a sub-committee of the Board, consisting 
of the Chairman and one or more Executive Directors, which takes 
into account market rates and the specifi c responsibilities and 
time commitments of the role within Sainsbury’s. Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees will not increase in 2008/09. Non-Executive 
Directors do not participate in any performance related plans. 

The Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment became 
effective on the following dates:

Service contracts
Justin King has a service contract which can be terminated by 
either party by giving 12 months’ written notice. If his service 
contract is terminated without cause, the Company can request 
that he works his notice period or takes a period of garden leave, 
or can pay an amount in lieu of notice equal to one times basic 

Anna Ford 
Val Gooding 
Mary Harris 
Gary Hughes 
John McAdam  
Bob Stack  

30

Appointment date

2 May 2006
  11 January 2007
1 August 2007
  1 January 2005
 1 September 2005
  1 January 2005

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration report continued

The following section provides details of the remuneration, pension and share plan interests of the Directors for the year ended 
22 March 2008 and has been audited.

i) Directors’ remuneration
The remuneration of the Directors for the year was as follows:

Pension 
supplement4 
£000 

Benefi ts5 
£000 

Justin King 
Darren Shapland 
Mike Coupe 
Philip Hampton 
Anna Ford 
Val Gooding 
Mary Harris 
Gary Hughes 
John McAdam 
Bob Stack 

Note 

1, 7 

2 

2 

Salary/fees 
£000  

850 
500 
311 
395 
60 
50 
33 
60 
60 
60 

Bonus3 
£000 

1,042 
429 
302 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

255 
97 
71 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Payments made to Directors  who left the 
Board before the  start of the fi nancial year 

Total 2008 

Total 2007 

2,379 

1,824 

1,773 

1,365 

423 

246 

Total6 
2008 
£000 

2,176 
1,042 
694 
396 
60 
50 
33 
60 
60 
60 

Total6
2007
£000

1,921
919
-
396
43
10
-
54
55
55

54

4,631 

— 

3,507

29 
16 
10 
1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

56 

72 

1  Highest paid Director.
2  Appointed to the Board on 1 August 2007. 
3  Includes performance bonuses earned in the period under review but not paid in the fi nancial year ended 22 March 2008. 
4   Justin King is not a member of the Company pension schemes and received 30 per cent of his basic salary as a cash pension supplement. In addition to this supplement, £4,000 (2007: £4,000) of 

interest has been earned on a notional fund during the year from his previous membership of the Executive Stakeholder Pension Plan. Mike Coupe is not a member of the Company pension schemes 
and received 25 per cent of his basic salary as a cash pension supplement. Darren Shapland is a member of the Executive Stakeholder Pension Plan. Contributions to the Stakeholder Plan by the 
Company in 2007/08 in respect of his membership were £14,100 (2007: £13,575). He received a cash pension supplement equal to 25 per cent of the amount by which his salary exceeded the Company’s 
earnings cap (2007: £112,800). 

5  Benefi ts include company car benefi ts and private medical cover.
6  The totals for 2007 and 2008 (in the case of Darren Shapland) do not include deductions made from basic salary for Saving Money and Reducing Tax (“SMART”) pensions.
7   The Company allows Executive Directors to take up one non-executive role outside the Company subject to a consideration of the role and the time commitment. Directors are entitled to retain 
the fees earned from such an appointment. Justin King was appointed a Non-Executive Director of Staples, Inc. on 17 September 2007 and received US $43,750 for his services during the year. 
He also received from Staples, Inc. 6,414 restricted stock units which vest between March 2009 and December 2010. In addition he received 48,199 Stock Options, 16,699 of which vest in March 2009 
with the remainder vesting 25 per cent per annum.

ii) Long-term incentive plans

Performance Share Plan
Under the Plan, shares conditionally allocated to participants are released to them in the form of options if the performance condition is 
met at the end of the three-year performance period. The number of shares conditionally allocated in 2004 is shown below. No allocations 
were made from 2005/06 and the Plan is now closed.

Number of 
shares 
conditionally 
allocated as 
at 24 March 
2007 

Number of 
shares 
conditionally 
allocated 
during 
the year 

Lapsed 
during 
the year 

Mid-market  
price on date  
of conditional 
allocation 
pence 

Options 
Mid-market  
granted 
during the 
price on day 
year under  option granted 
pence 

the Plan 

Number of
shares
conditionally
allocated as 
at 22 March  
2008 

End of
performance
period

Justin King 

  20.05.04 

184,762 

36,952 

— 

274.0 

147,810 

558.0 

—  24.03.07

The above fi gures for the 2004 award show the maximum award that would have been released provided that the Company achieved fi rst position within the comparator group (namely Ahold, Alliance 
Boots, Carrefour, Casino, DSG International, Kingfi sher, Loblaw, Marks & Spencer, Morrisons, Next and Tesco), at the end of the three-year performance period. Shares to the value of 30 per cent of 
salary would have been released at median performance. Awards were granted on 16 May 2007 and pro rated at the relevant position between the median and fi rst position in the comparator group. The 
Company’s relative performance was determined by reference to TSR, being the increase in the value of a share, including reinvested dividends, over the three-year period. This measure was chosen to 
incentivise participants for maximising shareholder return over the medium-term.

The following table shows the options that were granted in May 2007 as a result of the partial satisfaction of the performance condition 
attaching to the conditional allocation awarded in 2004.

Number 
of options 
24 March 
2007 

Number  
of options 
granted 
during the 
year 

Number 
of options 
exercised 
during the 
year  

Mid-market 
price on 
date of 
exercise 
pence 

Gains on 
option 
exercises  
£000 

Justin King 

— 

147,810 

147,810 

558.0 

825 

Justin King retained 30,000 shares arising out of this release. 

Lapsed 
during  
the year 

— 

Number of 
options 
22 March 
2008 

Total 
exercise 
price 
pence 

Date
from
which
exercisable

— 

nil 

—

31

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Remuneration report continued

J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005
The table below shows the conditional awards granted under this Plan, which would be released if the Company achieves maximum vesting.

Justin King 
Darren Shapland 
Mike Coupe 

Date of 
grant 

Core share 
award 

Personal 
investment 

Maximum 
share award1 

Share price at 
date of award 
pence 

First exercise 
date2 

Last exercise
date

24.03.05 
01.08.05 
24.03.05 

237,508 
102,558 
118,2265 

118,754  1,662,556 
793,686 

70,224 
73,8915  886,6945  

293.0  14.05.08   23.03.10
280.5  14.05.08  23.03.10
293.0  14.05.08   23.03.10

1  The maximum share award excludes the personal investment shares acquired by the Directors, which must be held for the duration of the Plan. It assumes full vesting.
2  Performance will be tested in May 2008 and it is expected that awards will vest in full and that in accordance with the accelerated vesting provisions half of those awards will be released.
3  The performance conditions attaching to the award are set out on page 79.
4  The J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005 is a nil cost option plan.
5  As at date of appointment.

Long-term Incentive Plan 2006
The table below shows the conditional awards granted under this Plan, which would be released if the Company achieves maximum vesting. 

Justin King 

Darren Shapland 

Mike Coupe 

Date of 
grant 

Maximum 
share award1 

Share price at 
date of award 
pence 

First exercise 
date2 

Last exercise
date

  13.07.06 
  20.06.07 
  13.07.06 
  20.06.07 
  13.07.06 
  20.06.07 

390,4242 
380,8443 
188,4802 
179,2203 
186,3842,6 
163,0923,6 

334.0  15.05.09  17.07.11
583.5  12.05.10  11.05.12
334.0  15.05.09  17.07.11
583.5  12.05.10  11.05.12
334.0  15.05.09  17.07.11
583.5  12.05.10  11.05.12

1  The maximum share award, assumes full vesting.
2  Depending on performance, partial vesting may occur following the Preliminary Results announcement in 2009.
3  Depending on performance, partial vesting may occur following the Preliminary Results announcement in 2010.
4  The performance conditions attaching to the award are set out on page 80.
5  The Long-term Incentive Plan 2006 is a nil cost option plan.
6  As at date of appointment.

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan
The table below shows the maximum number of shares conditionally allocated to participants and what would be released to them in the 
form of nil cost options if the Company achieves maximum vesting. 

Justin King 
Darren Shapland 
Mike Coupe 

Date of 
grant 

Deferred 
bonus 
share  
award 

Maximum 
matching 
share 
award1 

 Share 
price at  
date of 
award 
pence 

First  
exercise 
date2 

Last
exercise
date

  20.06.07 
  20.06.07 
  20.06.07 

86,026 
29,033 
21,2943 

172,052 
58,066 
42,5883 

583.5  12.05.10   11.05.12
583.5  12.05.10   11.05.12
583.5  12.05.10   11.05.12

1 

 The maximum matching share award is the maximum award that would become exercisable provided that the Company achieves fi rst position within the comparator group of namely Ahold, 
Carrefour, Casino, Delhaize, DSG International, Home Retail Group, Kingfi sher, Marks & Spencer, Metro, Morrisons, Next and Tesco. The Company’s relative performance is determined by reference 
to total shareholder return.

2   Depending on performance, partial vesting may occur following the Preliminary Results announcement in 2010.
3  As at date of appointment.

iii) Restricted Share Plan 2005
As previously disclosed, Darren Shapland gave up valuable entitlements arising from Carpetright Executive Incentive plans when he joined 
the Company. The Committee agreed to compensate him for his lost entitlements and awards comprising cash payments and restricted 
shares were made. As the awards compensated him for lost entitlements there were no performance conditions. The table shows the fi nal 
award of shares released to him during the year.

Number of 
restricted 
shares 

Date of 
award 

Date of 
release 

Number of 
shares 
released 

Number of 
shares 
lapsed 

Notional 
gain on 
release at 
568.5 pence 
per share 
£000 

Darren Shapland 

32,200  01.08.05  01.08.07 

32,200 

— 

183 

Darren Shapland retained 18,998 shares arising out of the 2007 release; the remainder was used to fund the income tax and national insurance charge relating to the release.

iv) Savings Related Share Option Scheme (“SAYE”)
At the end of the year, the Directors’ SAYE share options were as follows: 

Vesting
date

—

Number of 
options 
24 March 
2007 

6,969 
2,881 
4,0472 

Number of 
options 
granted  
during  
the year 

Number of 
options 
exercised 
during  
the year 

Number of 
options 
lapsed 
during 
the year 

— 
- 
- 

— 
- 
- 

— 
- 
- 

Number of 
options 
22 March 
2008 

6,969 
2,881 
4,047 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
pence 

231.0 
328.0 
231.0 

Range of 
exercise 
prices 
pence 

Date 
from which 
exercisable 

Date
of expiry

231.0  01.03.11  31.08.11
328.0  01.03.10  31.08.10
231.0  01.03.11  31.08.11

Justin King 
Darren Shapland 
Mike Coupe 

32

1  The Savings Related Share Option Scheme is an all employee share option scheme and has no performance conditions as per HMRC Regulations.
2  As at date of appointment.
In the period from 24 March 2007 to 22 March 2008, the highest mid-market price of the Company’s shares was 594 pence and the lowest 
mid-market price was 317.5 pence and at 22 March 2008 was 332.75 pence.

Approved by the Board on 13 May 2008

Bob Stack
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records 
that disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the fi nancial 
position of the Company and the Group and to enable them to ensure 
that the fi nancial statements and the Remuneration report comply 
with the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the Group fi nancial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Company and the Group and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of fi nancial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

 The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the 
Remuneration report and the fi nancial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare fi nancial statements 
for each fi nancial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared 
the Company and the Group fi nancial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as 
adopted by the European Union. The fi nancial statements are 
required by law to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Company and the Group and of the profi t or loss of the 
Group for that period.

In preparing those fi nancial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently;
 make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent;
 state that the fi nancial statements comply with IFRS as adopted 
by the European Union; and
 prepare the fi nancial statements on the going concern basis, 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company and the 
Group will continue in business.

The Directors confi rm that they have complied with the above 
requirements in preparing the fi nancial statements.

33

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 Independent Auditors’ report to the members of 
J Sainsbury plc

We have audited the Group and Company fi nancial statements (the 
‘‘fi nancial statements’’) of J Sainsbury plc for the 52 weeks ended 
22 March 2008 which comprise the Group income statement, 
the Group and Company Statements of recognised income and 
expense, the Group and Company Balance sheets, the Group and 
Company Cash fl ow statements, and the related notes. These 
fi nancial statements have been prepared under the accounting 
policies set out therein. We have also audited the information in 
the Remuneration report that is described as having been audited.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and Auditors
The Directors’ responsibilities for preparing the Annual Report, the 
Remuneration report and the fi nancial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union are set out in the 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities.

Our responsibility is to audit the fi nancial statements and the 
part of the Remuneration report to be audited in accordance with 
relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International 
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). This report, including 
the opinion, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s 
members as a body in accordance with Section 235 of the 
Companies Act 1985 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving 
this opinion, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose 
or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose 
hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing.

We report to you our opinion as to whether the fi nancial 
statements give a true and fair view and whether the fi nancial 
statements and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited 
have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 
1985 and, as regards the Group fi nancial statements, Article 4 of 
the IAS Regulation. We also report to you whether in our opinion 
the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with 
the fi nancial statements. The information given in the Directors’ 
report includes that specifi c information presented in the Business 
review that is cross referred from the Business review section of 
the Directors’ report.

Basis of audit opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing 
Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of 
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the fi nancial 
statements and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited. 
It also includes an assessment of the signifi cant estimates and 
judgments made by the Directors in the preparation of the fi nancial 
statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate 
to the Group’s and Company’s circumstances, consistently applied 
and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the 
information and explanations which we considered necessary in 
order to provide us with suffi cient evidence to give reasonable 
assurance that the fi nancial statements and the part of the 
Remuneration report to be audited are free from material 
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity 
or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall 
adequacy of the presentation of information in the fi nancial 
statements and the part of the Remuneration report to be audited.

Opinion
In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 the Group fi nancial statements give a true and fair view, in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, 
of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 22 March 2008 and 
of its profi t and cash fl ows for the 52 weeks then ended;
 the Company fi nancial statements give a true and fair view, in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies 
Act 1985, of the state of the Company’s affairs as at 22 March 
2008 and cash fl ows for the 52 weeks then ended;
 the fi nancial statements and the part of the Remuneration 
report to be audited have been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the Group 
fi nancial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation; and
 the information given in the Directors’ report is consistent with 
the fi nancial statements.

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the Company has 
not kept proper accounting records, if we have not received all 
the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if 
information specifi ed by law regarding Directors’ remuneration 
and other transactions is not disclosed.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
London
13 May 2008

We review whether the Statement of corporate governance 
refl ects the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the 
Combined Code (2006) specifi ed for our review by the Listing Rules 
of the Financial Services Authority, and we report if it does not. We 
are not required to consider whether the Board’s statements on 
internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on 
the effectiveness of the Group’s corporate governance procedures 
or its risk and control procedures.

Notes:

We read other information contained in the Annual Report 
and consider whether it is consistent with the audited fi nancial 
statements. The other information comprises only the Chairman’s 
statement, the Business review, the Directors’ report, the 
Statement of corporate governance and the unaudited part of the 
Remuneration report. We consider the implications for our report 
if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material 
inconsistencies with the fi nancial statements. Our responsibilities 
do not extend to any other information.

• 

• 

 The maintenance and integrity of the J Sainsbury plc website 
is the responsibility of the Directors; the work carried out by 
the auditors does not involve consideration of these matters 
and, accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility for any 
changes that may have occurred to the fi nancial statements 
since they were initially presented on the website.

 Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of fi nancial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

34

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

Group income statement
for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008

Continuing operations
Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profi t 
Administrative expenses 
Other income 

Operating profi t 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of post-tax loss from joint ventures 

Profi t before taxation  

Analysed as:
  Underlying profi t before tax 
  Profi t on sale of properties 

Financing fair value movements   

  One-off items 

Income tax expense 

Profi t for the fi nancial year 

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent 
Minority interests 

Earnings per share 
Basic 
Diluted 
Underlying basic 
Underlying diluted 

Dividends per share 
Interim 
Proposed fi nal (not recognised as a liability at balance sheet date) 

Note 

2008 
£m 

20071
£m

3 

17,837 
(16,835) 

17,151
(15,979)

1,002 
(502) 
30  

530  
83  
(132) 
(2) 

479 

488  
7  
(4)  
(12)  

479  

1,172
(669)
17 

520 
64
(107)
 -

477

380 
7 
8 
82

477 

4 
5 
5 
14 

4,7 
5,7 
7 

8 

(150) 

(153)

329 

324

329  
— 

329 

pence 
19.1 
18.6 
19.6 
19.1 

pence 
3.00  
9.00  

325 
(1)

324

pence
19.2
18.9
14.7
14.5

pence
2.40 
7.35 

9 

10 

1  Sainsbury’s Bank was fully consolidated until the Group sold fi ve per cent of its shareholding in February 2007; thereafter it has been equity accounted as a joint venture.

35

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Statements of recognised income and expense
 for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008

Actuarial gains on defi ned benefi t pension schemes 
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets fair value movements 
  Group 

Joint ventures 

Cash fl ow hedges effective portion of fair value movements 
  Group 

Joint ventures 

Share-based payment tax recognised directly in equity 
Deferred tax on items recognised directly in equity 

Net income recognised directly in equity 
Profi t for the fi nancial year 

Total recognised income for the fi nancial year  

Attributable to:
Equity holders of the parent 
Minority interests 

Note 

31 

8 
8 

Group  
2008 
£m 

542  

(31)  
48  

2 
(58) 
(10) 
(152) 

341  
329  

670  

670  
 -  

670  

Group 
2007 
£m 

179  

24  
 —  

— 
— 
17 
(59) 

161  
324  

485  

486  
(1) 

485  

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

- 
89 

89 

89 
- 

89 

—

—
—

—
—
—
—

-
190

190

190
-

190

36

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Balance sheets
 at 22 March 2008 and 24 March 2007

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Investments in joint ventures 
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets 
Other receivables 
Deferred income tax asset 
Retirement benefi t asset 

Current assets
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Non-current assets held for sale 

Total assets 

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 
Short-term borrowings  
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Taxes payable 
Provisions 

Net current liabilities  

Non-current liabilities
Other payables 
Long-term borrowings   
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Deferred income tax liability 
Provisions 
Retirement benefi t obligations 

Net assets 

Equity
Called up share capital  
Share premium account 
Capital redemption reserve 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 

Total equity 

Group  
2008 
£m 

Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

7,424  
165 
—  
148 
106  
55  
-  
 495 

8,393  

681  
206  
4  
719  

1,610  
112  

1,722  

10,115  

(2,280) 
(118) 
(6) 
(191) 
(10) 

7,176  
175 
-  
98  
137  
50  
-  
-  

7,636  

590  
197  
-  
1,128  

1,915  
25  

1,940  

9,576  

241 
— 
7,169  
91  
—  
976 
1  
—  

8,478  

- 
359  
- 
324  

683  
-  

683  

244 
—
7,166 
76 
—
919
1
— 

8,406 

-
375 
- 
523 

898 
- 

898 

9,161  

9,304 

(2,267) 
(373) 
(2) 
(65) 
(14) 

(3,522) 
(88) 
(6)  
21 
(2) 

(4,474)
(269)
(2) 
18
(2)

(2,605) 

(2,721) 

(3,597) 

(4,729)

(883) 

(781) 

(2,914) 

(3,831)

(89) 
(2,084) 
(18) 
(321) 
(63) 
— 

(33) 
(2,090) 
(43) 
(168) 
(69) 
(103) 

(1,803) 
-  
(18) 
-  
(27) 
— 

(2,575) 

(2,506) 

(1,848) 

(740)
-
(43)
-
(30) 
—

(813)

4,935 

4,349  

3,716  

3,762 

499  
896  
680  
494  
2,366  

4,935  

495  
857  
670  
143  
2,184  

4,349  

499  
896  
680  
-  
1,641  

3,716  

495 
857 
670 
- 
1,740 

3,762 

Note 

11 
12 
13 
14 
17 
16 
21 
31 

15 
16 
30 
27b 

18 

19 
20 
30 

22 

19 
20 
30 
21 
22 
31 

23 
23 
24 
24 
25 

26 

The fi nancial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 13 May 2008, and are signed on its behalf by:

Justin King Chief Executive 
Darren Shapland Chief Financial Offi cer

37

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

(126) 
(34) 
(64) 

(224) 

— 
— 
1  

(3) 
(15) 
-  
-  
(1) 
116  
250  

348  

43  
(10) 
- 
(7)  
— 
—  
(178) 

(152) 

(28)  
264  

236 

(166)
(95)
- 

(261)

—
- 
11 

(24)
-
21 
- 
(1)
119 
270 

396 

81 
(2)
(53)
- 
(2)
- 
(140)

(116)

19 
245 

264

 Cash fl ow statements
 for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008

Cash fl ows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations 
Interest paid 
Corporation tax (paid)/received 

Net cash from operating activities 

Cash fl ows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment and other assets  
Acquisition of and investment in subsidiaries and businesses,
net of cash acquired 
Investment in joint ventures 
Proceeds from part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank  
Cash disposed on part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
Cost of disposal of operations 
Interest received 
Dividends received 

Note 

27a 

12, 13 

Group  
2008 
£m 

998  
(123) 
(64)  

811 

(973) 
(6) 
198  

(7) 
(31) 
-  
-  
(1) 
29  
-  

830  
(95) 
9  

744  

(778) 
(7) 
106  

(3) 
- 
21  
(33)  
(1) 
15  
-  

Net cash from investing activities  

(791) 

(680) 

Cash fl ows from fi nancing activities
Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares 
Capital redemption 
Repayment of short-term borrowings 
Repayment of long-term borrowings 
Debt restructuring costs 
Interest elements of obligations under fi nance lease payments 
Dividends paid 

Net cash from fi nancing activities   

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents  
Opening cash and cash equivalents    

Closing cash and cash equivalents 

43  
(10) 
- 
(36) 
— 
(3) 
(178) 

(184) 

(164) 
765  

601  

81  
(2) 
(53) 
(22) 
(2) 
(3) 
(140) 

(141) 

(77) 
842  

765  

10 

27b 

38

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements

 1 General information
J Sainsbury plc is a public limited company (‘Company’) 
incorporated in the United Kingdom, whose shares are publicly 
traded on the London Stock Exchange. The Company is domiciled 
in the United Kingdom and its registered address is 33 Holborn, 
London EC1N 2HT, United Kingdom.

The fi nancial year represents the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008 
(prior fi nancial year 52 weeks to 24 March 2007). The consolidated 
fi nancial statements for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008 comprise 
the fi nancial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries 
(‘Group’) and the Group’s interests in associates and joint ventures.

The Group’s principal activities are grocery and related retailing.

2 Accounting policies
(a) Statement of compliance
The Group’s fi nancial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as 
adopted by the European Union and International Financial 
Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations and 
with those parts of the Companies Act 1985 applicable to companies 
reporting under IFRS. The Company’s fi nancial statements have 
been prepared on the same basis and as permitted by Section 
230(3) of the Companies Act 1985, no income statement is 
presented for the Company.

(b) Basis of preparation
The fi nancial statements are presented in sterling, rounded to 
the nearest million (£m) unless otherwise stated. They have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention, except for derivative 
fi nancial instruments and available-for-sale fi nancial assets that 
have been measured at fair value.

The preparation of fi nancial statements in conformity with IFRS 
requires the use of judgements, estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of 
the fi nancial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period. The estimates and associated 
assumptions are based on historical experience and various other 
factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, 
the results of which form the basis of making the judgements 
about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily 
apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement 
or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are 
signifi cant to the fi nancial statements are disclosed in note 2c.

New standards, interpretations and amendments to 
published standards
Effective for the Group in these fi nancial statements:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Amendment to IAS 1, ‘Presentation of Financial Statements — 
Capital Disclosures’
IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ 
IFRIC 8 ‘Scope of IFRS 2’
IFRIC 9 ‘Re-assessment of embedded derivatives’
IFRIC 10 ‘Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment’
IFRIC 11 ‘IFRS 2 — Group and Treasury Share Transactions’

The above new standards, interpretations and amendments 
to published standards have had no material impact on the 
results or the fi nancial position of the Group for the 52 weeks 
to 22 March 2008. 

Effective for the Group for the fi nancial year beginning 
23 March 2008:

• 

• 

IFRIC 12 ‘Service Concession Arrangements’
 IFRIC 14 ‘IAS 19 — The Limit on a Defi ned Benefi t Asset, 
Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction’

Effective for the Group for future fi nancial years:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Revised IAS 1 ‘Presentation of fi nancial statements’
Revised IAS 23 ‘Borrowing Costs’
Revised IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and separate fi nancial statements’
Amendment to IAS 32 ‘Financial instruments: Presentation’
Amendment to IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payment’
Revised IFRS 3 ’Business Combinations’
IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ 
IFRIC 13 ‘Customer Loyalty Programmes’

The Group has considered the above new standards, interpretations 
and amendments to published standards that are not yet effective 
and concluded that except for the amendment to IFRS 2 ‘Share-
based payment’, they are either not relevant to the Group or that 
they would not have a signifi cant impact on the Group’s fi nancial 
statements, apart from additional disclosures. The Group is 
currently assessing the potential effect of the amendment to 
IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payment’.

The accounting policies set out below have been applied 
consistently to all periods presented in the fi nancial statements and 
have been applied consistently by the Group and the Company.

Consolidation
The Group’s fi nancial statements include the results of the 
Company and all its subsidiaries, together with the Group’s share 
of the post-tax results of its associates and joint ventures. 

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has the power to 
govern the fi nancial and operating policies generally accompanying 
a shareholding of more than one half of the voting rights. The 
results of subsidiaries are included in the Group income statement 
from the date of acquisition, or in the case of disposals, up to the 
effective date of disposal. Intercompany transactions and balances 
between Group companies are eliminated upon consolidation.

Associates and joint ventures
Associates are entities that are neither subsidiaries nor joint 
ventures, over which the Group has signifi cant infl uence. Joint 
ventures are jointly controlled entities in which the Group has an 
interest. The Group’s share of the results of its associates and joint 
ventures are included in the Group income statement using the 
equity method of accounting.

Investments in associates and joint ventures are carried in the 
Group balance sheet at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the 
Group’s share of net assets of the entity, less any impairment 
in value. 

Investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are 
carried at cost less any impairment loss in the fi nancial statements 
of the Company. 

Foreign currencies
Foreign operations
On consolidation, assets and liabilities of foreign operations are 
translated into sterling at year-end exchange rates. The results of 
foreign operations are translated into sterling at average rates 
of exchange for the year.

Exchange differences arising from the retranslation at year-end 
exchange rates of the net investment in foreign operations, less 
exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings or forward 
contracts which are in substance part of the net investment in 
a foreign operation, are taken to equity and are reported in the 
statement of recognised income and expense.

39

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

2 Accounting policies continued
Foreign currency transactions
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated at 
the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance 
sheet date are translated at the exchange rate ruling at that date. 
Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised 
in the income statement.

Revenue
Revenue consists of sales through retail outlets. Revenue excludes 
Value Added Tax and staff discounts.

Revenue is recognised when the signifi cant risks and rewards of 
products and services have been passed to the buyer and can be 
measured reliably.

Sales through retail outlets are shown net of the cost of Nectar 
reward points issued and redeemed, staff discounts, vouchers and 
sales made on an agency basis. Commission income is recognised 
in revenue based on the terms of the contract.

Sainsbury’s Bank
Sainsbury’s Bank was fully consolidated until the Group sold fi ve 
per cent of its shareholding in February 2007; thereafter it has 
been equity accounted as a joint venture.

Prior to the Group selling part of its shareholding of Sainsbury’s 
Bank, revenue included interest receivable, fees and commissions.

Interest income is recognised in the income statement for all 
instruments measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method. This calculation takes into account interest 
received or paid, fees and commissions received or paid that are 
integral to the yield, as well as incremental transaction costs. 

Fees and commissions, that are not integral to the yield, are 
recognised in the income statement as the service is provided. 
Where there is a risk of potential claw back, an appropriate element 
of the insurance commission receivable is deferred and amortised 
over the expected average life of the underlying loan.

Cost of sales
Cost of sales consists of all costs to the point of sale including 
warehouse and transportation costs, all the costs of operating 
retail outlets.

Prior to the Group selling part of its shareholding of Sainsbury’s 
Bank, cost of sales included interest expense on operating 
activities, calculated using the effective interest method.

Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings
Land and buildings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation 
and any recognised impairment loss. Properties in the course of 
construction are held at cost less any recognised impairment loss. 
Cost includes any directly attributable costs and borrowing costs 
capitalised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy.

Fixtures, equipment and vehicles
Fixtures, equipment and vehicles are held at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.

Depreciation
Depreciation is calculated to write down the cost of the assets 
to their residual values, on a straight-line method on the 
following bases:

40

• 

• 

• 

 Freehold buildings and leasehold properties — 50 years, or the 
lease term if shorter
Fixtures, equipment and vehicles — 3 to 15 years
Freehold land is not depreciated

Land and buildings under construction and non-current assets held 
for sale are not depreciated.

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

Intangible assets
Pharmacy licences
Pharmacy licences are carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and any impairment loss and amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their useful economic life of 15 years.

Computer software
Computer software is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation 
and any impairment loss. Externally acquired computer software 
and software licences are capitalised and amortised on a straight-
line basis over their useful economic lives of three to fi ve years. 
Costs relating to development of computer software for internal 
use are capitalised once the recognition criteria of IAS 38 
‘Intangible Assets’ are met. When the software is available for its 
intended use, these costs are amortised over the estimated useful 
life of the software. 

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration 
of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the 
net identifi able assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of 
acquisition. Goodwill is recognised as an asset on the Group’s 
balance sheet in the year in which it arises. Goodwill is tested 
for impairment annually and again whenever indicators of 
impairment are detected and is carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment losses.

Investment property 
Investment property is property held to earn rental income and/or 
for capital appreciation. Investment property assets are carried at 
cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment 
in value. The depreciation policies for investment property are 
consistent with other Sainsbury’s properties. Any impairment in 
value is shown outside underlying profi t before tax.

Impairment of non-fi nancial assets 
At each full year balance sheet date, the Group reviews the 
carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine 
whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered 
an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable 
amount of the asset, which is the higher of its fair value less costs 
to sell and its value in use, is estimated in order to determine the 
extent of the impairment loss. Where the asset does not generate 
cash fl ows that are independent from other assets, the Group 
estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit 
(“CGU”) to which the asset belongs. For tangible and intangible 
assets excluding goodwill, the CGU is deemed to be each trading 
store. For goodwill, the CGU is deemed to be each retail chain of 
stores acquired.

Any impairment charge is recognised in the income statement in 
the year in which it occurs. Where an impairment loss, other than 
an impairment loss on goodwill, subsequently reverses due to a 
change in the original estimate, the carrying amount of the asset 
is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount. 

Capitalisation of interest
Interest costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or 
construction of qualifying assets are capitalised to the cost of the 
asset, gross of tax relief.

Non-current assets held for sale 
Non-current assets are classifi ed as assets held for sale and stated 
at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell 
if their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a 
sale transaction rather than through continuing use.

Leased assets
Leases are classifi ed as fi nance leases when the terms of the 
lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership 
to the Group. All other leases are classifi ed as operating leases. 
For property leases, the land and building elements are treated 
separately to determine the appropriate lease classifi cation.

 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

2 Accounting policies continued
Finance leases
Assets funded through fi nance leases are capitalised as property, 
plant and equipment and depreciated over their estimated useful 
lives or the lease term, whichever is shorter. The amount capitalised 
is the lower of the fair value of the asset or the present value of the 
minimum lease payments during the lease term at the inception of 
the lease. The resulting lease obligations are included in liabilities 
net of fi nance charges. Finance costs on fi nance leases are charged 
directly to the income statement.

Operating leases
Assets leased under operating leases are not recorded on the 
balance sheet. Rental payments are charged directly to the 
income statement. 

Lease incentives
Lease incentives primarily include up-front cash payments or 
rent-free periods. Lease incentives are capitalised and spread over 
the period of the lease term.

Leases with predetermined fi xed rental increases
The Group has a number of leases with predetermined fi xed rental 
increases. These rental increases are accounted for on a straight-
line basis over the period of the lease term.

Operating lease income
Operating lease income consists of rentals from sub-tenant 
agreements and is recognised as earned.

Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Inventories at warehouses are valued on a fi rst-in, fi rst-out 
basis. Those at retail outlets are valued at calculated average cost 
prices. Cost includes all direct expenditure and other appropriate 
attributable costs incurred in bringing inventories to their present 
location and condition.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand 
deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are 
readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to 
an insignifi cant risk of changes in value. Bank overdrafts that are 
repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s 
cash management are included as a component of cash and cash 
equivalents for the purposes of the cash fl ow statement.

Deferred taxation
Deferred tax is accounted for on the basis of temporary differences 
arising from differences between the tax base and accounting base 
of assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax is recognised for all taxable temporary differences, 
except to the extent where it arises from the initial recognition 
of an asset or a liability in a transaction that is not a business 
combination and, at the time of transaction, affects neither 
accounting profi t nor taxable profi t. It is determined using tax 
rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted 
by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the 
related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred 
income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that future taxable profi ts will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised.

Deferred tax is charged or credited to the income statement, except 
when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in 
which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when there is a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of past events, for which it is 
probable that an outfl ow of economic benefi t will be required to 
settle the obligation, and where the amount of the obligation can 
be reliably estimated.

Onerous leases
Provisions for onerous leases, measured net of expected rentals, 
are recognised when the property leased becomes vacant and is 
no longer used in the operations of the business. Provisions for 
dilapidation costs are recognised on a lease by lease basis.

Restructuring and disposal
Provisions for restructuring costs are recognised when the Group 
has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring that has been 
communicated to affected parties. 

Employee benefi ts
Pensions
The Group operates various defi ned benefi t and defi ned 
contribution pension schemes for its employees. A defi ned benefi t 
scheme is a pension plan that defi nes an amount of pension benefi t 
that an employee will receive on retirement. A defi ned contribution 
scheme is a pension plan under which the Group pays fi xed 
contributions into a separate entity.

In respect of defi ned benefi t pension schemes, the pension scheme 
surplus or defi cit recognised in the balance sheet represents the 
difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the present 
value of the defi ned benefi t obligation at the balance sheet date. 
The defi ned benefi t obligation is actuarially calculated on an annual 
basis using the projected unit credit method. Plan assets are 
recorded at fair value.

The income statement charge is split between an operating service 
cost and a fi nancing charge, which is the net of interest cost on 
pension scheme liabilities and expected return on plan assets. 
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period, in the 
statement of recognised income and expense. 

Payments to defi ned contribution pension schemes are charged 
as an expense as they fall due. Any contributions unpaid at the 
balance sheet date are included as an accrual as at that date. The 
Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions 
have been paid. 

Long service awards
The costs of long service awards are accrued over the period the 
service is provided by the employee.

Share-based payments
The Group provides benefi ts to employees (including Directors) 
of the Group in the form of equity-settled and cash-settled share-
based payment transactions, whereby employees render services 
in exchange for shares, rights over shares or the value of those 
shares in cash terms.

For equity-settled share-based payments the fair value of the 
employee services rendered is determined by reference to the 
fair value of the shares awarded or options granted, excluding the 
impact of any non-market vesting conditions. All share options 
are valued using an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes or Monte 
Carlo). This fair value is charged to the income statement over 
the vesting period of the share-based payment scheme, with the 
corresponding increase in equity.

41

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

2 Accounting policies continued
For cash-settled share-based payments the fair value of the 
employee services rendered is determined at each balance sheet 
date and the charge recognised through the income statement over 
the vesting period of the share-based payment scheme, with the 
corresponding increase in accruals.

The value of the charge is adjusted in the income statement over 
the remainder of the vesting period to refl ect expected and actual 
levels of options vesting, with the corresponding adjustments made 
in equity and accruals.

Financial liabilities
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded initially at 
fair value, which is generally the proceeds received, net of direct 
issue costs. Subsequently, these liabilities are held at amortised 
cost using the effective interest method.

Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or 
redemption and direct issue costs are accounted for on an accrual 
basis to the income statement using the effective interest method 
and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the 
extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise.

Financial instruments
Financial assets
The Group classifi es its fi nancial assets in the following categories: 
at fair value through profi t or loss, loans and receivables, held-to-
maturity and available-for-sale. The classifi cation depends on the 
purpose for which the fi nancial assets were acquired.

‘Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss’ include 
fi nancial assets held for trading and those designated at fair value 
through profi t or loss at inception. Derivatives are classifi ed as held 
for trading unless they are accounted for as an effective hedging 
instrument. ‘Financial assets at fair value through profi t or loss’ are 
recorded at fair value, with any gains or losses recognised in the 
income statement in the period in which they arise.

Loans and receivables are non-derivative fi nancial assets with fi xed 
or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
The Group has no intention of trading these loans and receivables. 
Subsequent to initial recognition, these assets are carried at 
amortised cost less impairment using the effective interest method. 
Income from these fi nancial assets is calculated on an effective 
yield basis and is recognised in the income statement.

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative fi nancial assets 
with fi xed or determinable payments and fi xed maturities that the 
Group’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold 
to maturity. Subsequent to initial recognition, these assets are 
recorded at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 
Income is calculated on an effective yield basis and is recognised 
in the income statement.

Available-for-sale (“AFS”) fi nancial assets are non-derivatives that 
are either designated in this category or not classifi ed in any of the 
other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless 
management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months 
of the balance sheet date. Subsequent to initial recognition, these 
assets are recorded at fair value with the movements in fair value 
taken directly to equity until the fi nancial asset is derecognised 
or impaired at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously 
recognised in equity is recognised in the income statement. 
Dividends on AFS equity instruments are recognised in the income 
statement when the entity’s right to receive payment is established. 
Interest on AFS debt instruments is recognised using the effective 
interest method.

Purchases and sales of ‘fi nancial assets at fair value through profi t 
or loss’, held-to-maturity and AFS investments are recognised on 
trade date. Financial assets are initially recognised at fair value plus 
transaction costs for all fi nancial assets not carried at fair value 
through profi t or loss. Financial assets are derecognised when the 
rights to receive cash fl ows from the fi nancial assets have expired 
or where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and 
rewards of ownership. 

Impairment of fi nancial assets
An assessment of whether there is objective evidence of 
impairment is carried out for all fi nancial assets or groups of 
fi nancial assets at the balance sheet date. This assessment may 
be of individual assets (‘individual impairment’) or of a portfolio 
of assets (‘collective impairment’). A fi nancial asset or a group of 
fi nancial assets is considered to be impaired if, and only if, there 
is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more 
events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a 
‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the 
estimated future cash fl ows of the fi nancial asset or group of 
fi nancial assets that can be reliably estimated. 

For individual impairment the principal loss event is one or more 
missed payments, although other loss events can also be taken 
into account, including arrangements in place to pay less than the 
contractual payments, fraud and bankruptcy or other fi nancial 
diffi culty indicators. An assessment of collective impairment will 
be made of fi nancial assets with similar risk characteristics. For 
these assets, portfolio loss experience is used to provide objective 
evidence of impairment.

Where there is objective evidence that an impairment loss exists on 
loans and receivables or held-to-maturity investments, impairment 
provisions are made to reduce the carrying value of fi nancial assets 
to the present value of estimated future cash fl ows discounted at 
the fi nancial asset’s original effective interest rate.

For fi nancial assets carried at amortised cost, the charge to the 
income statement refl ects the movement in the level of provisions 
made, together with amounts written off net of recoveries in 
the year.

In the case of equity investments classifi ed as available-for-sale, 
a signifi cant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the asset 
below its cost is considered in determining whether the asset is 
impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale fi nancial 
assets, the cumulative loss is removed from equity and recognised 
in the income statement. The cumulative loss is measured as 
the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair 
value, less any impairment loss on that fi nancial asset previously 
recognised in the income statement.

Impairment losses recognised in the income statement on equity 
instruments are not reversed. If, in a subsequent period, the fair 
value of a debt instrument classifi ed as available-for-sale increases 
and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring 
after the impairment loss was recognised in the income statement, 
the impairment loss is reversed through the income statement.

Interest will continue to accrue on all fi nancial assets, based on 
the written down balance. Interest is calculated using the rate of 
interest used to discount the future cash fl ows for the purpose of 
measuring the impairment loss. To the extent that a provision may 
be increased or decreased in subsequent periods, the recognition 
of interest will be based on the latest balance net of provision.

42

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

2 Accounting policies continued
Fair value estimation
The methods and assumptions applied in determining the fair 
values of fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities are disclosed in 
note 29. 

Offsetting fi nancial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount 
reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable 
right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention 
to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability 
simultaneously.

Redeemable preference shares
Redeemable preference shares that meet the defi nition of a 
liability are recognised as a liability on the balance sheet. The 
corresponding dividends on these shares are recognised as fi nance 
costs through the income statement.

Derivative fi nancial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group’s activities expose it to fi nancial risks associated 
with movements in exchange rates and interest rates. The Group 
uses foreign exchange forward contracts and interest rate swap 
contracts to hedge these exposures. The use of fi nancial derivatives 
is governed by the Group’s treasury policies, as approved by the 
Board. The Group does not use derivative fi nancial instruments 
for speculative purposes.

All derivative fi nancial instruments are initially measured at fair 
value on the contract date and are also measured at fair value at 
subsequent reporting dates.

Hedge relationships are classifi ed as cash fl ow hedges where the 
derivative fi nancial instruments hedge the exchange rate risk 
of future highly probable inventory purchases denominated in 
foreign currency. Changes in the fair value of derivative fi nancial 
instruments that are designated and effective as hedges of future 
cash fl ows are recognised directly in equity and the ineffective 
portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. If the 
cash fl ow hedge of a fi rm commitment or forecasted transaction 
results in the recognition of a non-fi nancial asset or liability, then, 
at the time the asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains 
or losses on the derivative that had previously been recognised 
in equity are included in the initial measurement of the asset 
or liability.

Hedge relationships are classifi ed as fair value hedges where the 
derivative fi nancial instruments hedge the change in the fair value 
of a fi nancial asset or liability due to movements in interest rates. 
The changes in fair value of the hedging instrument are recognised 
in the income statement.

The hedged item is also adjusted for changes in fair value 
attributable to the hedged risk, with the corresponding adjustment 
made in the income statement.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the Group documents at the 
inception of the hedge, the hedging risk management strategy, the 
relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item 
or transaction and the nature of the risks being hedged. The Group 
also documents the assessment of the effectiveness of the hedging 
relationship, to show that the hedge has been and will be highly 
effective on an ongoing basis. 

Changes in the fair value of derivative fi nancial instruments that 
do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income 
statement as fi nance income or costs as they arise.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument 
expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifi es 
for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on 
the hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in equity 
until the forecasted transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction 
is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss 
recognised in equity is transferred to the income statement for 
the period.

Non GAAP performance measures
The Directors believe that the ‘underlying’ profi t before tax 
and ‘underlying’ diluted and basic earnings per share measures 
presented provide a clear and consistent presentation of the 
underlying performance of Sainsbury’s ongoing business for 
shareholders. These measures are consistent with how the business 
is measured internally. Underlying profi t is not defi ned by IFRS and 
therefore may not be directly comparable with the ‘adjusted’ profi t 
measures of other companies. The adjustments made to reported 
profi t before tax are:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Profi t on sale of properties — these can vary from year to 
year and therefore create volatility in reported earnings; 
 Financing fair value movements — these fair value gains and 
losses relate to fair value adjustments on derivatives relating 
to fi nancing activities and hedged items in fair value hedges. 
The underlying profi t measure removes the volatility of these 
items within profi t before tax; 
 Impairment of goodwill and impairment of properties within 
joint ventures; and
 One-off items — these are material and largely one-off in nature, 
creating volatility in reported earnings which does not refl ect 
Sainsbury’s underlying performance.

(c) Judgements and estimates
The Group makes judgements and assumptions concerning 
the future that impact the application of policies and reported 
amounts. The resulting accounting estimates calculated using these 
judgements and assumptions will, by defi nition, seldom equal the 
related actual results but are based on historical experience and 
expectations of future events. 

The judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty that 
have a signifi cant effect on the amounts recognised in the fi nancial 
statements are discussed below. 

Goodwill impairment
The Group is required to assess whether goodwill has suffered any 
impairment loss, based on the recoverable amount of its CGUs. 
The recoverable amounts of the CGUs have been determined based 
on value in use calculations and these calculations require the use 
of estimates in relation to future cash fl ows and suitable discount 
rates as disclosed in note 12. Actual outcomes could vary from 
these estimates.

Impairment of assets
Financial and non-fi nancial assets are subject to impairment 
reviews based on whether current or future events and 
circumstances suggest that their recoverable amount may be 
less than their carrying value. Recoverable amount is based 
on a calculation of expected future cash fl ows which includes 
management assumptions and estimates of future performance. 

Post-employment benefi ts
The Group operates various defi ned benefi t schemes for its 
employees. The present value of the schemes liabilities recognised 
at the balance sheet date is dependent on interest rates of high 
quality corporate bonds. The net fi nancing charge recognised in the 
income statement is dependent on the interest rate of high quality 
corporate bonds and an expectation of the weighted average 
returns on the assets within the schemes. Other key assumptions 
within this calculation are based on market conditions or estimates 
of future events, including mortality rates, as set out in note 31.

43

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

2 Accounting policies continued
Provisions
Provisions have been made for onerous leases, dilapidations, 
restructuring and disposal costs. These provisions are estimates 
and the actual costs and timing of future cash fl ows are dependent 
on future events. Any difference between expectations and the 
actual future liability will be accounted for in the period when 
such determination is made.

Income taxes
The Group recognises expected liabilities for tax based on an 
estimation of the likely taxes due, which requires signifi cant 
judgement as to the ultimate tax determination of certain items. 
Where the actual liability arising from these issues differs from 
these estimates, such differences will have an impact on income tax 
and deferred tax provisions in the period when such determination 
is made.

3 Segment reporting
The Group’s primary reporting format is business segments, with 
each segment representing a business unit that offers different 
products and serves different markets. 

The businesses are organised into two operating divisions: 

• 

• 

Retailing (Supermarkets and Convenience); and 
Financial services (Sainsbury’s Bank). 

All material operations are carried out in the UK. 

Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly 
attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Segment capital expenditure is the total 
cost incurred during the period to acquire segment assets that 
are expected to be used for more than one period. 

44

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

 3 Segment reporting continued

2008
Segment revenue
Sales to external customers 

Underlying operating profi t1 
  Profi t on sale of properties 
  Costs relating to approach from Delta Two 
  Costs associated with Offi ce of Fair Trading dairy inquiry 
   Fair value gain on other fi nancial asset 

Segment result 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Share of post-tax profi t/(loss) from joint ventures 
Income tax expense 

Profi t for the fi nancial year 

Assets 
Investment in joint ventures 

Segment assets 

Segment liabilities 

Other segment items
Capital expenditure 
Depreciation expense   
Amortisation expense   
Reversal of impairment on receivables 
Other non-cash expenses
  Share-based payments 

2007
Segment revenue
Sales to external customers 
Services to external customers 

Total revenue 

Underlying operating profi t1 
  Profi t on sale of properties 
  Profi t on part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
  Past service gains on defi ned benefi t schemes  

Segment result 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Income tax expense 

Profi t for the fi nancial year 

Assets 
Investment in joint ventures 

Segment assets 

Segment liabilities 

Retailing 
£m 

Financial 
services 
£m 

Group
£m

17,837  

-  

17,837

535  
7  
(7) 
(27) 
22 

530  

1 

-  
-  
-  
-  
- 

- 

(132)
(3) 

535
7 
(7) 
(27)
22

530 
83

(2)
(150)

329

9,967  
59 

-  
89  

9,967 
148 

10,115

5,180  

-  

5,180 

1,006  
463  
18 
(1) 

53 

- 
-  
- 
- 

- 

1,006
463 
18
(1)

53 

16,860 
— 

16,860 

— 
291 

291 

16,860
291

17,151

429 
7 
— 
72 

508 

2 
— 
10 
— 

12 

9,478 
10 

— 
88 

9,576

431
7
10
72

520
64
(107)
(153)

324

9,478
98

5,227 

— 

5,227

Other segment items
Capital expenditure 
Depreciation expense   
Amortisation expense   
Impairment of amounts due from Sainsbury’s Bank customers  
Other non–cash expenses
  Share–based payments 

1  Underlying profi t before tax from continuing operations before fi nance income and fi nance costs and share of post-tax profi t or loss from joint ventures.

733 
469 
19 
— 

38 

4 
10 
2 
89 

- 

737
479
21
89

38

45

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

4 Operating profi t

Operating profi t is stated after charging/(crediting) the following items:
Employee costs (note 6) 
Depreciation expense   
Amortisation expense (included within cost of sales) 
Profi t on sale of properties (note 7)  
Profi t on part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
Costs relating to approach from Delta Two (note 7) 
Costs associated with Offi ce of Fair Trading dairy inquiry (note 7) 
Fair value gain on other fi nancial asset (note 7) 
Impairment of amounts due from Sainsbury’s Bank customers (included within administrative expenses) 
Reversal of impairment of receivables 
Operating lease rentals  — land and buildings 

— other leases 
 — sublease payments received 

Foreign exchange (gains)/losses 

Group 

Auditors’ remuneration

2008 
£m 

2007
£m

1,957 
463  
18 
(7) 
 -  
7 
27 
(22) 
- 
(1) 
304  
51 
(35) 
(2) 

1,785
479 
21 
(7)
(10)
-
-
-
89
-
287 
45 
(30)
6 

2008 
£m 

2007
£m

Audit services
Fees payable to the Company auditor for the audit of the Group and the Company fi nancial statements 

0.3 

0.4

Non-audit services
Fees payable to the Company auditor and its associates  for other services as detailed below:

 Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 
 Other services pursuant to legislation 
Tax services 
  All other services 

0.1 
0.5 
0.2 

5 Finance income and fi nance costs

Interest on bank deposits  
Net return on pension schemes (note 31) 
Financing fair value gains1  

Finance income 

Financing fair value losses1  

Borrowing costs

Bank loans and overdrafts 

  Other loans 
  Obligations under fi nance leases  

Provisions — amortisation of discount (note 22) 

Interest capitalised — qualifying assets 

Finance costs 

1  Fair value gains or losses relate to fair value adjustments on derivatives relating to fi nancing activities and hedged items in fair value hedges.

0.4 
0.1
0.3
0.2

1.5 

2008 
£m 

29 
54 
- 

83 

(4) 

- 
(132) 
(3) 
(1)  

(136) 
8  

(132) 

0.4

1.4

2007
£m

15
41
8

64

-

(2)
(111)
(3)
(1) 

(117)
10 

(107)

46

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

6 Employee costs

Employee costs for the Group during the year amounted to:
Wages and salaries, including bonus and termination benefi ts  
Social security costs 
Pension costs — defi ned contribution schemes 
Pension costs — defi ned benefi t schemes (note 31) 
Pension costs — past service gains on defi ned benefi t schemes (notes 7 and 31) 
Share-based payments expense (note 32) 

The average number of employees, including Directors, during the year were:
Full-time 
Part-time 

Full-time equivalent 

All employees were employed in the United Kingdom for the periods presented.

7 Non GAAP performance measures
The adjustments made to reported profi t before tax to arrive at underlying profi t before tax are:

Profi t on sale of properties 
Financing fair value movements 

One-off items for the fi nancial year comprised: 
  Costs relating to approach from Delta Two 
  Costs associated with Offi ce of Fair Trading dairy inquiry 
  Fair value gain on other fi nancial asset 
  Profi t on part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
  Past service gains on defi ned benefi t schemes (notes 6 and 31) 

Total one-off items 

Total non GAAP performance measures 

Profi t on sale of properties
Includes all Group gains or losses on the sale of properties.

2008 
£m 

2007
£m

1,682 
116 
28 
78 
— 
53 

1,957 

1,583
122
27
87
(72)
38

1,785

Number 
000’s 

Number
000’s

49.6 
101.4 

151.0 

98.6 

48.8
98.1

146.9

95.5

2008 
£m 

7 
(4) 

(7)  
(27)  
22 
—  
—  

(12) 

(9) 

2007
£m

7
8

— 
— 
—
10 
72

82

97

Financing fair value movements
Fair value movements relate to fair value adjustments on derivatives relating to fi nancing activities and hedged items in fair value hedges.

Costs relating to approach from Delta Two
The Group has incurred £7 million of costs in relation to the approach from Delta Two.

Costs associated with Offi ce of Fair Trading dairy inquiry
The Group has incurred £27 million of costs associated with the Offi ce of Fair Trading dairy inquiry.

Fair value gain on other fi nancial assets 
During the year the Group recognised a £22 million fair value gain on a fi nancial asset. This asset was disposed of during the fi nancial year.

47

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

8 Income tax expense

Current tax expense
  Current year 
  Over provision in prior years 

Deferred tax expense
  Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
  Deferred tax rate change from 30% to 28% 

(Over)/under provision in prior years 

Total income tax expense in income statement 

Income tax expense on underlying profi t1 
Tax on items below:
  Sale of properties 
  Financing fair value movements   
  Costs relating to approach from Delta Two 
  Fair value gain on other fi nancial asset 
  Past service gains on defi ned benefi t schemes  

Total income tax expense in income statement 

1   Tax charge attributable to underlying profi t before tax from continuing operations.

2008 
£m 

173 
(9) 

164 

— 
(8) 
(6) 

(14) 

150 

2007
£m

2
(25)

(23)

158 
-
18 

176

153 

151 

132

— 
(1) 
(2) 
2 
- 

(3)
2
-
-
22

150 

153 

The effective tax rate of 31.3 per cent (2007: 32.2 per cent) is higher than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK. The differences 
are explained below:

2008 
£m 

479 

144 

21 
18 
— 
(10) 
(8) 
(15) 

2007
£m

477

143

22
3
(8)
-
-
(7)

150 

153

2008 
£m 

2007
£m

(5) 
19 
(13) 
1 
8 

10 

161 
3 
(10) 
(2) 

152 

162 

(2)
(7)
—
—
(8)

(17)

52 
7 
—
—

59

42

Profi t before taxation   

Income tax at UK corporation tax rate of 30% (2007: 30%) 
Effects of:
  Disallowed depreciation on UK properties 
  Non-deductible expenses 
  Non-taxable income  
  Capital losses utilised 
  Deferred tax rate change from 30% to 28% 
  Over provision in prior years 

Total income tax expense in income statement  

Income tax charged or credited to equity during the year is as follows:

Share-based payment tax recognised directly in equity
  Current tax payable   
  Deferred tax asset 
  Prior year adjustment 
  Deferred tax rate change from 30% to 28% 
  Deferred tax losses associated with share-based payment tax deduction  

Deferred tax on items recognised directly in equity
  Actuarial gains on defi ned benefi t pension schemes 
  Available-for-sale fi nancial assets fair value movements  
  Deferred tax rate change from 30% to 28% — defi ned benefi t pension scheme 
  Deferred tax rate change from 30% to 28% — available-for-sale fi nancial assets 

48

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

9 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding those held by the Employee Share Ownership Plan trusts (note 25), which are treated 
as cancelled.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potential 
dilutive ordinary shares. These represent share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the average market 
price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year.

Underlying earnings per share is provided by excluding the effect of any gain or loss on the sale of properties, impairment of goodwill, 
impairment of properties held within joint ventures, fi nancing fair value movements and one-off items that are material and infrequent 
in nature. This alternative measure of earnings per share is presented to refl ect the Group’s underlying trading performance.

All operations are continuing for the periods presented.

Weighted average number of shares in issue 
Weighted average number of dilutive share options 

Total number of shares for calculating diluted earnings per share  

Profi t for the fi nancial year attributable to equity holders of the parent 
(Less)/add: profi t on sale of properties, net of tax 

 fi nancing fair value movements, net of tax 
costs relating to approach from Delta Two, net of tax 
fair value gain on other fi nancial asset, net of tax   
costs associated with Offi ce of Fair Trading dairy inquiry 
profi t on part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
past service gains on defi ned benefi t schemes, net of tax 

Underlying profi t after tax 

Basic earnings 
Diluted earnings 
Underlying basic earnings 
Underlying diluted earnings 

10 Dividend

2008 
million 

2007
million

1,718.7 
48.5 

1,691.3
28.5

1,767.2 

1,719.8

£m 

329 
(7) 
3 
5 
(20) 
27 
— 
— 

337 

£m

325
(10)
(6)
—
—
—
(10)
(50)

249

pence 
per share 

pence
per share

19.1 
18.6  
19.6 
19.1  

19.2
18.9 
14.7 
14.5 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:
Final dividend of prior fi nancial year 
Interim dividend of current fi nancial year 

2008 
pence 
per share 

2007
pence 
per share 

7.35  
3.00  

10.35  

5.85  
2.40  

8.25  

2008 
£m 

126  
52  

178  

2007
£m

99 
41 

140 

After the balance sheet date, a fi nal dividend of 9.00 pence per share (2007: 7.35 pence per share) was proposed by the Directors in 
respect of the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008, resulting in a total fi nal proposed dividend of £155 million (2007: £126 million). The proposed 
fi nal dividend has not been included as a liability at 22 March 2008. 

49

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

11 Property, plant and equipment

Cost 
At 25 March 2007 
Additions 
Acquisition of subsidiaries (note 33)  
Disposals  
Transfer to assets held for sale 

At 22 March 2008 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
At 25 March 2007 
Depreciation expense for the year 
Disposals  
Transfer to assets held for sale 

At 22 March 2008 

Net book value at 22 March 2008  

Group  
Land and 
buildings 
£m 

Group 
Fixtures and 
equipment 
£m 

Group 
Total 
£m 

Company
Land and
buildings
£m

6,719 
628  
3 
(182) 
(100) 

7,068  

1,060 
89  
(19) 
(7)  

1,123  

5,945  

4,480 
365  
- 
(153) 
 (15) 

 11,199 
993  
3 
(335)  
(115) 

4,677 

11,745  

2,963 
374 
(133) 
(6) 

3,198  

1,479  

 4,023 
463  
(152)  
(13) 

4,321  

7,424  

 263
 -
- 
(1) 
 - 

262

 19
2 
- 
- 

21 

241

Capital work-in-progress included above 

398  

63 

461 

 - 

Cost 
At 26 March 2006 
Additions 
Disposals  
Part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
Transfer to assets held for sale 

At 24 March 2007 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 
At 26 March 2006 
Depreciation expense for the year 
Disposals  
Part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank  

At 24 March 2007 

Net book value at 24 March 2007 

6,418 
383 
(73) 
— 
(9) 

6,719 

 970 
92 
(2) 
— 

1,060 

5,659 

4,323 
344 
(138) 
(49) 
— 

10,741 
727 
(211) 
(49) 
(9) 

4,480 

11,199 

2,711 
387 
(106) 
(29) 

2,963 

1,517 

 3,681 
479 
(108) 
(29) 

4,023 

7,176 

268
—
(5)
—
—

263

17
2
—
—

19

244

Capital work-in-progress included above 

343 

89 

432 

—

The net book value of land and buildings comprised:
Freehold land and building 
Long leasehold 
Short leasehold 

Group  
2008 
£m 

Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

4,502  
938  
505  

5,945  

4,339  
889  
431  

5,659  

 64  
177  
 -  

241  

65 
179 
- 

244 

Interest capitalised
Interest capitalised included in additions amounted to £8 million (2007: £10 million) for the Group and £nil (2007: £nil) for 
the Company. Accumulated interest capitalised included in the cost total above amounted to £255 million (2007: £253 million) 
for the Group and £nil (2007: £nil) for the Company. The capitalisation rate used to determine the amount of borrowing costs 
eligible for capitalisation is 5.7 per cent (2007: 5.3 per cent).

Security
Property, plant and equipment of 127 supermarket properties, with a net book value of £2,336 million (2007: £2,380 million) 
are pledged as security for the long-term fi nancing (note 20).

50

In addition, property, plant and equipment of a further six supermarket properties, with a net book value of £73 million 
(2007: £74 million) has been pledged as security to underpin the residual value guarantee given by the Group with regards 
to 16 supermarket properties sold in March 2000 and ten supermarket properties sold in July 2000 (note 37). 

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

11 Property, plant and equipment continued
Analysis of assets held under fi nance leases — Group

Land and buildings
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

Net book value 

12 Intangible assets

Cost
At 25 March 2007 
Additions 
Acquisition of subsidiaries and businesses 
Transfer to assets held for sale 

At 22 March 2008 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 25 March 2007 
Amortisation expense for the year   

At 22 March 2008 

Net book value at 22 March 2008  

Cost
At 26 March 2006 
Additions 
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
Part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 

At 24 March 2007 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 26 March 2006 
Amortisation expense for the year   
Part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 

At 24 March 2007 

Net book value at 24 March 2007 

2008 
£m 

51  
(21) 

30  

Goodwill 
£m 

Pharmacy 
licences 
£m 

Software 
£m 

112 
- 
4 
(2) 

114 

- 
- 

- 

114 

109 
— 
3 
— 

112 

— 
— 
— 

— 

112 

36 
- 
- 
- 

36 

17 
3 

20 

16 

36 
— 
— 
— 

36 

14 
3 
— 

17 

19 

115 
6 
- 
- 

121 

71 
15 

86 

35 

120 
7 
— 
(12) 

115 

60 
18 
(7) 

71 

44 

2007
£m

53 
(21)

32 

Total
£m

263
6
4
(2)

271

88
18

106

165

265
7
3
(12)

263

74
21
(7)

88

175

The goodwill balance above relates to the Group’s acquired subsidiaries — Bells Stores Ltd, Jacksons Stores Ltd, JB Beaumont Ltd, SL Shaw 
Ltd and Culcheth Provision Stores Ltd — and is allocated to the respective cash-generating units (“CGUs”) within the retail segment. The CGUs 
for this purpose are deemed to be the respective acquired retail chains of stores. The value of the goodwill was tested for impairment during 
the current fi nancial year by means of comparing the recoverable amount of each CGU to the carrying value of its goodwill. 

To calculate the CGU’s value in use, Board approved cash fl ows for the following fi nancial year are assumed to infl ate at the long-term 
average growth rate for the UK food retail sector and are discounted at ten per cent (2007: ten per cent) over a 25 year period. Based on 
the operating performance of the respective CGUs, no impairment loss was deemed necessary in the current fi nancial year (2007: £nil). 

51

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

13 Investments in subsidiaries

Shares in subsidiaries — Company

Beginning of year 
Investment in subsidiaries 
Acquisition of subsidiaries (note 33)  
Part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
Provision for diminution in value of investment 

End of year 

The Company’s principal operating subsidiaries are:

Bells Stores Ltd 
Jacksons Stores Ltd 
JS Insurance Ltd 
JS Information Systems Ltd 
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Ltd 
Swan Infrastructure Holdings Ltd 

2008 
£m 

2007
£m

7,166 
— 
3 
— 
— 

7,169 

7,225
21
3
(77)
(6)

7,166

Share of  
ordinary 
allotted 
capital and 
voting rights 

100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

Country of
registration or
incorporation

England
England
Isle of Man
England
England
England

All principal operating subsidiaries operate in the countries of their registration or incorporation, and have been consolidated up to and as 
at 22 March 2008. 

14 Investments in joint ventures

At 25 March 2007 
Additions in year 
Share of retained loss   
Movements in equity (note 24) 

At 22 March 2008 

At 26 March 2006 
Addition of Sainsbury’s Bank 

At 24 March 2007 

The holdings directly owned by the Company of the Group’s principal joint ventures were:

Hedge End Park Ltd (property investment — UK)   
Boutique Sainsbury SARL (food retailing — France) 
Harvest GP Limited (property investment — UK)   
Sainsbury’s Bank plc (fi nancial services — UK) 

Group  

Group share
of post- 
acquisition  
reserves 
£m 

22  
-  
(2)  
(10) 

10  

4  
18  

22 

Group 
Shares 
at cost 
£m  

76  
62  
—  
— 

138  

6  
70  

76  

Group 
Total 
 £m  

98 
62 
(2) 
(10) 

148 

10  
88  

98 

Company
Shares
 at cost
 £m

76 
15
—
—

91 

6
70

76

Share of  
ordinary 
Year-end  allotted capital 

Country of
registration or
incorporation

22 March 
 31 December 
31 March 
 31 December 

50% 
50% 
50% 
50% 

England
France
England
England

Where relevant, management accounts for the joint ventures have been used to include the results up to 22 March 2008.

52

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

14 Investment in joint ventures continued
The Group’s share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of its principal joint ventures are detailed below:

Non-current assets 
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities   

Net assets 

Income 
Expenses 

Loss after tax 

15 Inventories

Goods held for resale 

2008 
£m 

1,069  
2,405 
(2,896) 
(430) 

148 

237 
(239) 

(2) 

2007
£m

577 
1,140
(1,376)
(243)

98

33
(33)

—

2008 
£m 

681 

2007
£m

590 

The amount of inventories recognised as an expense and charged to cost of sales for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008 was 
£13,557 million (2007: £12,801 million).

16 Receivables
Trade and other receivables 

Non-current
Amounts due from Group entities 
Other receivables 

Current
Trade receivables 
Amounts due from Group entities 
Other receivables  

Prepayments and accrued income 

Group  
2008 
£m 

- 
55 

55  

32  
- 
83  

115  
91 

206  

Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

-  
50  

50  

30  
-  
65  

95  
102  

197  

921  
 55  

976  

 -  
358  
 1  

359 
-  

359  

869 
50 

919 

- 
374 
1

375 
- 

375 

Trade and other receivables are carried at amortised cost less impairment using the effective interest method. Trade receivables are 
non-interest bearing and are on commercial terms. Current other receivables are generally non-interest bearing.

Non-current other receivables of £55 million comprise £25 million of fl oating rate subordinated undated loan capital and £30 million of 
fl oating rate subordinated dated loan capital due from Sainsbury’s Bank (note 34).

The Group’s exposure to credit risk arising from its retail operations is minimal given that the customer base is large and unrelated and 
that the overwhelming majority of customer transactions are settled through cash or secure electronic means. New parties wishing 
to obtain credit terms with the Group are credit checked by the accounts receivable credit control team prior to any invoices being raised, 
credit limits are determined on an individual basis.

The Group has trade and other receivables of £3 million (2007: £11 million) that are past due but not impaired. These relate to a number 
of independent receivables for whom there is no recent history of default. These have not been provided for as there has not been a 
signifi cant change in the credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. The Group does not hold any collateral over 
these balances. 

The ageing analysis of these trade and other receivables are as follows:

Up to 8 weeks 
Over 8 weeks 

2008 
£m 

3 
- 

3 

2007
£m

7
4

11

53

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

16 Receivables continued
Group trade and other receivables of £1 million (2007: £2 million) and Company amounts due from Group entities of £14 million 
(2007: £14 million) are impaired and provided for. The ageing of these receivables are as follows:

Up to 8 weeks 
8 to 20 weeks 
Over 20 weeks 

Movements in the provision for impairment of trade and other receivables are as follows:

At beginning of year 
Receivables written off during the year 

End of year 

Group  
2008 
£m 

Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

— 
- 
1 

1  

Group  
2008 
£m 

2 
(1) 

1  

- 
- 
2 

2  

14 
- 
- 

14  

14
-
-

14 

Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

2 
- 

2  

14 
- 

14  

14
-

14 

The carrying amounts of trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling 
Euro 

Group  
2008 
£m 

260 
1 

261 

Group 
2007 
£m 

246 
1 

247 

Company 
2008 
£m 

1,335 
- 

 1,335 

Company
2007
£m

1,294
-

1,294

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade and current other receivables are limited due to the Group’s customer base being large 
and unrelated. Major counterparties are identifi ed as follows:

Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Related parties 

2008  
Number of 
  counterparties 

2008 
Balance 

2007 
Number of  
£m  counterparties 

1 
2 
1 

9 
30 
61 

1 
3 
1 

2007
Balance
£m

8
30
56

Signifi cant trade receivables identifi ed above relate to amounts receivable from credit card companies. The balance is not considered past 
due or impaired.

Major other receivables include amounts due from the National Health Service of £16 million (2007: £16 million) for pharmacy sales and 
loans to developers of £14 million (2007: £14 million) for capital expenditure. Loans to developers are held in escrow and are determined 
on a contractual basis. 

Related party receivables are from the Group’s joint venture Sainsbury’s Bank plc, loans are approved by the Investment Committee and 
are determined by the Financial Services Authority capital funding requirements.

No major counterparty balances are considered overdue or impaired.

54

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

17 Available-for-sale fi nancial assets

Non-current
Unlisted equity investments 
Other fi nancial asset 

2008 
£m 

1  
105  

106  

2007
£m

1 
136 

137 

Unlisted equity investments represent the Group’s interest in US unlisted companies. Due to a lack of an active market unlisted equity 
investments are held at cost less impairment. As at balance sheet date the Group has no intention to sell unlisted equity investments.

The other fi nancial asset represents the Group’s benefi cial interest in a commercial property investment pool. The fair value of other 
fi nancial asset is based on discounted cash fl ows assuming a property rental growth rate of three per cent (2007: three per cent) and a 
weighted average cost of capital of ten per cent (2007: ten per cent). The majority of available-for-sale fi nancial assets are denominated in 
sterling. There were no disposals or impairment provisions on available-for-sale fi nancial assets in either the current or the previous year, 
(see note 29 for sensitivity analysis).

18 Non-current assets held for sale 
Assets held for sale of £112 million (2007: £25 million) consist of non-current assets relating to properties held in the retail operations 
division. Sale of these assets is expected to occur in the next fi nancial year beginning 23 March 2008.

19 Payables
Trade and other payables

Current
Trade payables 
Amounts due to Group entities 
Other payables 
Accruals and deferred income 

Non–current
Amounts due to Group entities 
Accruals and deferred income 

Group  
2008 
£m 

Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

1,703  
—  
329  
248  

2,280 

1,706  
— 
365  
196  

2,267 

— 
89 

89 

— 
33 

33 

—  
3,512  
10  
 —  

3,522 

1,803  
— 

1,803  

—
4,463 
11 
— 

4,474

740
—

740

The Group’s policy on payment of creditors is to agree terms of payment prior to commencing trade with a supplier and to abide by those 
terms on the timely submission of satisfactory invoices. 

Deferred income relates to the accounting for leases with fi xed rental increases and lease incentives on a straight-line basis over the term 
of the lease.

55

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

20 Borrowings

Short–term borrowings
Bank overdrafts 
B shares liability 

Long–term borrowings
Secured loans
  Loan due 2018 
  Loan due 2036 

Unsecured loans
  Obligations under fi nance leases   

Group  
2008 
£m 

118  
-  

118 

Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

363  
10  

373 

88  
-  

 88 

259 
10 

269

1,133  
902 

1,142  
897 

49 

51 

2,084 

2,090 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
—

—

—

Total borrowings 

2,202 

2,463 

88 

269

Bank overdrafts
Bank overdrafts are repayable on demand and carry fl oating rates of interest.

B shares liability
Preference B shares were issued on 12 July 2004 as part of a return of share capital in that fi nancial year. All remaining B shares 
were redeemed on 18 July 2007 at the book value of £10 million. Total preference dividends paid in respect of B shares amounted 
to £0.2 million (2007: £0.4 million).

A reconciliation of B shares liability for the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008 is shown below:

Beginning of year 
B shares redemption 

End of year 

2008 
shares 
million 

27 
(27) 

- 

2007 
shares 
million 

34 
(7) 

27 

2008 
£m 

10 
(10) 

- 

2007
£m

12
(2)

10

Secured loans
The Group’s long-term fi nancing, secured on 127 of its supermarket properties (note 11), comprises loans from two fi nance companies:

• 

• 

 a fi xed rate loan with an outstanding principal value of £1,159 million (2007: £1,186 million) at a weighted average rate of 4.97 per cent 
stepping up to 5.36 per cent from April 2013 (effective interest rate of 5.20 per cent and carrying amount of £1,133 million (2007: £1,142 
million)) repayable over ten years; and
 an infl ation linked loan with an outstanding principal value of £867 million (2007: £863 million) at a fi xed rate of 2.36 per cent where 
principal and interest are uplifted annually by RPI subject to a cap at fi ve per cent and fl oor at nil per cent (effective interest rate of 
6.52 per cent and carrying amount of £902 million (2007: £897 million)) repayable over 28 years. 

The Group has entered into three interest rate swaps to convert £602 million (2007: £782 million) of the £1,159 million (2007: 
£1,186 million) loan due 2018 from fi xed to fl oating rates of interest. These transactions have been accounted for as fair value hedges 
(note 30). During the year, £180 million of the £782 million swaps outstanding as at March 2007 were terminated at a cost of £7 million 
which represented the fair value of these instruments at the termination date. The fair value of the debt previously hedged by these swaps 
will be amortised over the remaining life of the loans, resulting in an amortisation charge to the income statement in the current fi nancial 
year of £136,000 (2007: £nil).

56

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

  20 Borrowings continued
Obligations under fi nance leases

Amounts payable under fi nance leases:
Within 1 year 
Within 2 to 5 years inclusive 
After 5 years 

Less: future fi nance charges 

Present value of lease obligations 

Disclosed as: 
Current 
Non-current 

Minimum 
lease 
payments 
2008 
£m 

Minimum 
lease 
payments 
2007 
£m 

Present 
value of 
minimum 
lease 
payments 
2008 
£m 

Present
value of
minimum
lease
payments
2007
£m

 — 
 1  
 48  

 49  

—
1 
50

51 

3  
12  
188  

203  

(154) 

49 

— 
49 

49 

3  
13  
198  

214  

(163)

51

—
51

51

Finance leases have effective interest rates of 4.30 per cent to 8.50 per cent (2007: 4.30 per cent to 8.50 per cent). The average 
remaining lease term is 77 years (2007: 78 years). 

Borrowing facilities
The Group maintains a £400 million committed revolving credit facility which matures in February 2012. As at 22 March 2008, there were 
£nil drawings under this facility (2007: £nil drawings).

On 9 May 2008 the Group entered into a new three year £163 million committed revolving loan facility syndicated via the Group’s 
relationship banks and a new 12-month £35 million bilateral committed facility.

57

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

21 Deferred taxation
The movements in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the fi nancial year, prior to the offsetting of the balances within the 
same tax jurisdiction, are shown below.

Group 

Deferred income tax liabilities
At 25 March 2007 
Charge to income statement 
Charge to equity  
Rate change adjustment to income statement 
Rate change adjustment to equity 

At 22 March 2008 

At 26 March 2006 
Charge to income statement 
Charge to equity  
Part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
Reclassifi cation 

At 24 March 2007 

Deferred income tax assets
At 25 March 2007 
Charge to income statement 
Charge to equity  
Prior year adjustment to equity 
Rate change adjustment to income statement 
Rate change adjustment to equity 

At 22 March 2008 

At 26 March 2006 
(Charge)/credit to income statement 
(Charge)/credit to equity  
Part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
Reclassifi cation 

At 24 March 2007 

Net deferred income tax liability
At 22 March 2008 
At 24 March 2007 

  Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
£m 

Fair value
 gains 
£m 

Other 
£m 

Total
£m

(200) 
28 
— 
7 
— 

(165) 

(158) 
(45) 
-  
-  
3  

(200) 

(29) 
- 
(3) 
- 
2 

(30) 

(20) 
-  
(7) 
-  
(2) 

(29) 

(39) 
(2) 
— 
2 
— 

(39) 

(30) 
(9) 
-  
(2) 
2  

(39) 

(268)
26
(3)
9
2

(234)

(208)
(54)
(7)
(2)
3

(268)

Provisions 
£m 

Retirement

benefi t  
obligations  
£m 

Share-based 
payment 
£m 

Tax losses 
£m 

Total
£m

14 
(3) 
— 
— 
— 
— 

11 

22 
(5) 
—  
—  
(3) 

14  

48 
(26) 
(161) 
— 
— 
10 

(129) 

227 
(127) 
(52) 
—  
—  

48  

30 
9 
(19) 
13 
(1) 
(1) 

31 

13 
10  
7  
—  
—  

30  

8 
— 
(8) 
— 
— 
— 

- 

1 
—  
8  
(1) 
—  

8  

100
(20)
(188)
13
(1)
9

(87)

263
(122)
(37)
(1)
(3)

100

(321)
(168)

58

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

21 Deferred taxation continued

Company 

Deferred income tax assets
At 25 March 2007 
Charge to income statement 

At 22 March 2008 

At 26 March 2006 
Charge to income statement 

At 24 March 2007 

Fair value
losses
£m

1
—

1

7
(6)

1

Deferred income tax assets have been recognised in respect of all income tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to 
deferred income tax assets because it is probable that these assets will be recovered. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are only 
offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

22 Provisions 

Group 
Onerous 
 leases 
£m 

Group 
Restructuring  
and disposal  
provisions 
£m 

Group 
Long 
service 
 awards 
£m 

At 25 March 2007 
Charge to income statement 
— Additional provisions  
— Unused amounts reversed 
Utilisation of provision  
Transfer to retirement benefi t obligations (note 31) 
Amortisation of discount 

At 22 March 2008 

46 

10  
(4) 
(13) 
-  
1  

40  

30 

-  
-  
(2) 
(2) 
-  

26  

7 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

7  

Disclosed as:
Current 
Non-current 

Group 
Total 
£m 

83 

10  
(4) 
(15) 
(2) 
1  

73  

Group 
2008 
£m 

10  
63  

73  

Company 
Onerous 
 leases 
£m 

Company 
Disposal 
 provision 
£m 

7 

25 

 -  
 (2)  
 (1)  
-  
 -  

 4  

-  
-  
- 
-  
-  

25  

Company
Total
£m

32

- 
(2) 
(1)
-
- 

29

Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

14  
69  

83  

2  
 27  

 29  

2 
30 

32 

The onerous lease provision covers residual lease commitments of up to an average of 30 years (2007: 27 years), after allowance for 
existing or anticipated sublet rental income.

The restructuring and disposal provisions relate to indemnities arising from the disposal of subsidiaries, the timing of utilisation of which 
is uncertain.

Long service awards are accrued over the period the service is provided by the employee.

59

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

23 Called up share capital and share premium account

Group and Company

Authorised share capital 
Ordinary shares of 284/7 pence each (2007: 284/7 pence) 
Preference B shares of 35 pence each (2007: 35 pence) (note 20) 

Called up share capital 
Allotted and fully paid — ordinary shares 

Share premium account
Share premium 

The movements in the called up share capital and share premium account are set out below:

2008 
million 

2007 
million 

2008 
£m 

2007
£m

2,450 
2,100 

2,450 
2,100 

700 
735 

700
735

1,747 

1,734 

499 

495

896 

857

Ordinary  
shares 
million 

1,734 
13  

1,747  

1,711  
23 

1,734 

 Ordinary 
 shares 
 £m 

Share
premium
£m

495 
4  

499  

 489  
6 

495 

857
 39 

 896

 782 
75

857

 Group 
Available-  
for-sale 
assets 
£m 

Group 
Cash fl ow  
hedge  
reserve 
£m 

Group
Total
other
reserves
£m

107 
-  
-  

(31) 
48  

— 
— 

- 
-  
-  

—  
—  

2 
(58) 

(56) 

— 
— 
 — 
— 

— 

143
- 
390

(31) 
48 

2
(58)

494

(1)
—
127
17

143

At 25 March 2007 
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 

At 22 March 2008 

At 26 March 2006 
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 

At 24 March 2007 

24 Capital redemption and other reserves

At 25 March 2007 
B shares redemption 
Actuarial gains on defi ned benefi t pension schemes 
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets fair value movements
  Group 
  Joint ventures (note 14) 
Cash fl ow hedges effective portion of fair value movements 
  Group 
  Joint ventures (note 14) 

Group and
Company 
Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 

Group 
Currency 
translation 
reserve  
 £m 

670 
10  
-  

—  
—  

— 
— 

(1) 
-  
 -  

—  
 —  

— 
— 

Group 
Actuarial 
gains/ 
(losses) 
£m 

37 
-  
390 

—  
—  

— 
— 

At 22 March 2008 

680  

 (1) 

427  

124  

At 26 March 2006 
B shares redemption 
Actuarial gains on defi ned benefi t pension schemes 
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets fair value movements 

At 24 March 2007 

668 
2 
— 
— 

670 

(1) 
 — 
 — 
— 

(1) 

(90) 
—  
127 
— 

37 

90 
— 
— 
17 

107 

60

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

25 Retained earnings

At 25 March 2007 
Profi t for the year 
Dividends paid 
Share-based payment   
B shares redemption 
Shares vested 
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 

At 22 March 2008 

At 26 March 2006 
Profi t for the year 
Dividends paid 
Share-based payment   
B shares redemption 
Shares vested 
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 

At 24 March 2007 

Group 
Own shares 
£m 

(83) 
—  
—  
—  
-  
4  
— 

(79) 

(84) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1 
— 

(83) 

Group 

Group 
Profi t and   Total retained 
earnings 
£m 

loss account 
£m 

2,267 
329  
(178) 
41  
(10) 
-  
(4) 

2,184 
329  
(178) 
41  
(10)  
4  
(4) 

2,445  

2,366  

2,032 
325 
(140) 
55 
(2) 
— 
(3) 

1,948 
325 
(140) 
55 
(2) 
1 
(3) 

Company
Retained
earnings
£m

1,740
89
(178)
- 
(10)
 - 
—

1,641 

1,692
190
(140)
—
(2)
—
—

2,267 

2,184 

1,740

Own shares held by Employee Share Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) trusts
The Group owned 22,497,295 (2007: 23,567,107) of its ordinary shares of 284/7 pence nominal value each. At 22 March 2008, the total 
nominal value of the own shares was £6.4 million (2007: £6.7 million). 

37,627 (2007: 43,450) of the own shares are held by an ESOP trust on behalf of certain Directors and senior employees under the Group’s 
Performance Share Plan. The remaining 22,459,668 shares (2007: 23,523,657) are held by an ESOP trust for the Executive Share Option 
Plan. The ESOP trusts waive the rights to the dividends receivable in respect of the shareholder under the above schemes. 

The cost of the own shares is deducted from equity in the Group fi nancial statements. The market value of the own shares at 22 March 
2008 was £74.9 million (2007: £129.5 million). 

61

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

26 Reconciliation of movements in equity

Group 

Called up 
share 
capital 
£m 

Share 
premium  
account 
£m 

Capital

redemption  
and other 
reserves 
£m 

Equity
Retained  shareholders’ 
funds 
earnings 
£m 
£m 

Minority 
interests 
£m  

At 25 March 2007 
Profi t for the year 
Dividends paid 
Share-based payment   
Actuarial gains on defi ned benefi t pension schemes 
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets fair 
value movements
  Group 
  Joint ventures 
Cash fl ow hedges effective portion of fair 
value movements 
  Group 
  Joint ventures 
B shares redemption 
Shares vested 
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 

495 
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
4  

857 
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
39  

813 
—  
—  
—  
390  

(31)  
48  

2  
(58)  
10  
—  
—  

2,184 
329  
(178) 
41 
—  

4,349 
329  
(178) 
41  
390  

—  
—  

—  
— 
(10) 
4  
(4) 

(31)  
48 

2  
(58)  
—  
4  
39  

At 22 March 2008 

499  

896  

1,174 

2,366  

4,935  

At 26 March 2006 
Profi t for the year 
Dividends paid 
Share-based payment   
Part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
Actuarial gains on defi ned benefi t pension schemes 
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets  fair 
value movements 
B shares redemption 
Shares vested 
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 

489 
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
6  

782 
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
75  

667 
—  
—  
—  
—  
127  

17  
2  
—  
—  

1,948 
325  
(140) 
55  
—  
—  

—  
(2) 
1  
(3) 

3,886 
325  
(140) 
55  
—  
127  

17  
—  
1  
78  

At 24 March 2007 

495  

857  

813  

2,184  

4,349  

 —  
— 
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

-  

79 
(1) 
—  
—  
(78) 
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  

—  

Total 
equity
£m

4,349
329 
(178)
41
390 

(31)
48

2
(58)
—
4 
39

4,935 

3,965
324 
(140)
55 
(78)
127 

17 
— 
1 
78

4,349

Company 

At 25 March 2007 
Profi t for the year 
Dividends paid 
B shares redemption 
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 

At 22 March 2008 

At 26 March 2006 
Profi t for the year 
Dividends paid 
B shares redemption 
Allotted in respect of share option schemes 

At 24 March 2007 

Called up  
share  
capital 
£m 

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 

Capital
redemption 
reserve 
£m 

495 
— 
— 
— 
4 

857 
— 
— 
— 
39 

499  

896  

489 
—  
—  
—  
6  

495  

782 
—  
—  
—  
75  

857  

670 
— 
— 
10 
— 

680 

668 
—  
—  
2  
—  

670  

Retained 
earnings 
£m 

Total equity
£m

1,740 
89 
(178) 
(10) 
— 

3,762
89
(178)
—
43

1,641 

3,716

1,692 
190 
(140) 
(2) 
—  

3,631
190
(140)
— 
81 

1,740 

3,762

62

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

27 Notes to the cash fl ow statements
(a) Reconciliation of operating profi t to cash generated from operations

Operating profi t 
Adjustments for
  Depreciation expense 
  Amortisation expense 
  Profi t on sale of properties  
  Fair value gain on other fi nancial asset 
  Profi t on part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
  Provision for diminution in value of investment 
  Foreign exchange differences 
  Share-based payments expense 

Operating cash fl ows before changes in working capital 
Changes in working capital 
Increase in inventories 
Increase in current available-for-sale fi nancial assets 
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables  

  Decrease in amounts due from Sainsbury’s Bank customers and other banks 

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables  

  Decrease in amounts due to Sainsbury’s Bank customers and other banks 
  Decrease in provisions and other liabilities 

Cash generated from operations 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

Group 
2008 
£m 

530  

463  
18  
(7) 
(22) 
- 
-  
(2)  
53  

Group 
2007 
£m 

520  

479  
21  
(7) 
- 
(10) 
-  
6  
38  

(4)  

2  
-  
- 
-  
- 
- 
- 
- 

1,033 

1,047 

(2) 

(94) 
- 
(26) 
-  
96  
- 
(11) 

998 

(12) 
(45) 
(50) 
188  
314  
(198) 
(414) 

830  

- 
- 
19  
-  
(141) 
- 
(2) 

(126) 

6 

2 
-
(5)
-
(11)
6 
-
-

(2)

-
-
624 
- 
(788)
-
-

(166)

(b) Cash and cash equivalents
For the purposes of the cash fl ow statements, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank overdrafts (note 20) 

Group 
2008 
£m 

719  
(118) 

601  

Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

1,128  
(363) 

765  

324  
(88) 

236  

523 
(259)

264

63

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

28 Analysis of net debt

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Current liabilities
Bank overdrafts 
Borrowings 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Non–current liabilities
Borrowings 
Finance leases 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Total net debt 

25 March 
2007 
£m 

1,128  
- 

1,128 

(363) 
(10) 
(2) 

(375) 

(2,039) 
(51) 
(43) 

(2,133) 

(2,508) 

(1,380) 

Cash fl ow 
£m 

Disposals 
£m 

Other 
non-cash 
 movements 
£m 

22 March
 2008
£m

(409)  
- 

(409) 

245 
10  
-  

255 

29  
-  
-  

29  

284 

(125)  

-  
- 

- 

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  
-  
7  

7  

7  

7  

-  
4 

4  

-  
-  
(4)  

(4)  

(25)  
2  
18 

(5) 

(9) 

(5) 

719 
4

723

(118)
-
(6)

(124)

(2,035)
(49)
(18)

(2,102)

(2,226)

(1,503)

Net debt incorporates the Group’s borrowings (including accrued interest), bank overdrafts, fair value of derivatives and obligations under 
fi nance leases, less cash and cash equivalents. 

Reconciliation of net cash fl ow to movement in net debt

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Decrease in debt 
Loan disposed of with part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
Disposal of derivative fi nancial instruments 
Other non-cash movements 

(Increase)/decrease in net debt in the year 
Opening net debt at the beginning of the year 

Closing net debt at the end of the year 

2008 
£m 

(164) 
39  
-  
7 
(5) 

2007
£m

(77)
79 
45 
-
(12)

(123)  
(1,380) 

35 
(1,415)

(1,503) 

(1,380)

64

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

29 Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of fi nancial risks including liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk arising from movements 
in exchange rates and interest rates.

Funding and treasury risk management is undertaken through a central treasury department in accordance with policies and guidelines 
approved by the Board of Directors. The risk management policies are designed to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s 
fi nancial performance by identifying the various risks and setting appropriate risk limits and controls. The Finance Committee, a committee 
of the Board, has on going responsibility for approving treasury activity and specifi c fi nancial transactions, the authority for which may be 
delegated. The Treasury Committee, chaired by the Chief Financial Offi cer, regularly reviews risk positions and monitors performance. The 
Group Audit Committee oversees management compliance with risk management policies and reviews the adequacy of the risk management 
framework in relation to the risks faced by the Group. The Group Audit Committee is assisted in this role by Group Internal Audit who 
regularly undertake reviews of the Group’s risk management controls and procedures. 

The Group only uses derivative fi nancial instruments to hedge risk exposures arising from an underlying current or anticipated business 
requirement and not for any speculative purpose. The treasury department does not operate as a profi t centre. 

Treasury operations in respect of Sainsbury’s Bank are managed separately through HBOS plc, the Group’s other joint venture partner.

Liquidity risk
The Group’s operational cash fl ow is largely stable and predictable, refl ecting the low business risk profi le of the food retail business. Short 
and long-term cash fl ow forecasts are produced frequently to assist management in identifying liquidity requirements.

The Group’s liquidity policy requires it to maintain committed funding to cover cash fl ow requirements over an 18-month period. This is 
achieved by monitoring and pre-funding the Group’s forecast operational cash fl ows and maturing debt obligations and by maintaining an 
adequate level of headroom through committed loan facilities. 

The Group’s core funding is represented by two long-term loans secured over property assets held in two subsidiary companies. The loans 
comprise £1,159 million with a legal maturity of April 2018 and £867 million with a legal maturity of 2036. 

The Group maintains a £400 million committed revolving credit facility maturing February 2012 to provide additional liquidity. Interest on 
drawings under the facility is charged at a margin over LIBOR ranging from 37.5 basis points to 75 basis points linked to the Group’s latest 
reported fi xed charge cover ratio. There are £nil drawings under this facility (2007: £nil drawings).

The Group also maintains a £35 million net overdraft facility under which debit and credit balances of the various subsidiary accounts 
covered by the facility are netted for the purpose of charging interest. The table overleaf includes the gross overdrawn balances within this 
facility and the offsetting cash balances under this arrangement are included within cash and cash equivalents, (see note 27b). Interest 
arising on any net overdraft balances is charged at one per cent above base rate.

The Group may also access uncommitted money market facilities for short-term funding requirements. Interest on these facilities is charged 
at various spreads over LIBOR. 

The table overleaf analyses the Group’s fi nancial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance 
sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables are the contractual undiscounted cash fl ows or an 
estimation in respect of fl oating interest rate liabilities.

65

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

29 Financial risk management continued

Group 

At 22 March 2008
Notional overdraft 
Borrowings
  Secured loan due 2018 
  Secured loan due 20361 
  Finance leases 
Trade and other payables 

At 24 March 2007
Notional overdraft 
Borrowings 
  Secured loan due 2018 
  Secured loan due 20361 
  B shares 
  Finance leases 
Trade and other payables 

Company 

At 22 March 2008 
Notional overdraft 
Amounts due to Group entities2 
Other payables 

At 24 March 2007 
Notional overdraft 
Borrowings 
  B shares 
Amounts due to Group entities2 
Other payables 

Less than 
one year 
£m 

One to two 
years 
£m 

Two to fi ve 
years 
£m 

More than
fi ve years 
£m

118 

86 
52 
3 
2,272 

363 

86 
50 
10 
3 
2,259 

- 

85 
53 
3 
- 

- 

86 
52 
- 
3 
- 

- 

256 
170 
9 
- 

- 

256 
165 
- 
10 
- 

-

1,276
1,302
188
-

-

1,362
1,356
-
198
-

Less than 
one year 
£m 

One to two 
years 
£m 

Two to fi ve 
years 
£m 

More than
fi ve years
£m

88 
3,761 
10 

- 
1,135 
- 

259 

- 

10 
3,546 
11 

- 
1,111 
- 

- 
113 
- 

- 

- 
118 
- 

-
946
-

-

-
1,018
-

Assumptions:
1 

 Cash fl ows relating to debt linked to infl ation rates have been calculated using RPI of 3.5 per cent for the year ended March 2009; 3 per cent for the four following years then 2.5 per cent for the remaining 
years of the loan.

2  Cash fl ows relating to debt bearing a fl oating interest rate have been calculated using the prevailing interest rates at 22 March 2008 and 24 March 2007.

The table below analyses the Group’s derivative fi nancial instruments, which will be settled on a net basis, into relevant maturity groupings 
based on the period remaining from the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the tables are the 
net contractual undiscounted cash fl ows.

At 22 March 2008 
Interest rate swaps on secured loan due 2018
  Outfl ow1 
Other interest rate swaps 

Infl ow1 

At 24 March 2007
Interest rate swaps on secured loan due 2018
  Outfl ow1 
Other interest rate swaps 

Infl ow1 

Less than 
one year 
£m 

One to two 
years 
£m 

Two to fi ve 
years 
£m 

More than
fi ve years
£m

- 

(1) 

- 

- 

- 

(1) 

- 

(1) 

1 

(1) 

- 

(5) 

1

(7)

-

(26)

Assumptions:
1  The ten-year swap rate at 23 January 2008 has been used to calculate the fl oating rate cash fl ows over the life of the interest rate swaps shown above.

66

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

29 Financial risk management continued
The table below analyses the Group’s derivative fi nancial instruments, which will be settled on a gross basis, into relevant maturity 
groupings based on the period remaining from the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the 
tables are the contractual undiscounted cash fl ows.

At 22 March 2008 
Forward foreign exchange contracts — cash fl ow hedges 
  Outfl ow 
Infl ow 

At 24 March 2007 
Forward foreign exchange contracts — cash fl ow hedges 
  Outfl ow 
Infl ow 

Less than 
one year 
£m 

One to two 
years 
£m 

Two to fi ve 
years 
£m 

More than
fi ve years
£m

134 
(137) 

109 
(107) 

4 
(4) 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

-
-

-   
-

The Group holds foreign exchange forward contracts, for which the infl ow fi gures in the table above have been calculated by translating 
the foreign currency forward commitments at spot exchange rates prevailing at the reporting dates. At 22 March 2008, £2 million relating 
to these fi nancial instruments has been recognised in equity (2007: £85,000).

Credit risk
The Group’s exposures to credit risk arise from holdings of cash and cash equivalents, derivative fi nancial instruments, deposits with banks 
and investments in marketable securities. 

The Group typically places surplus funds onto the wholesale inter-bank money markets, usually in the form of short-term fi xed rate 
deposits with approved banks and counterparties or into pooled Money Market Funds. The Group’s credit policy limits investments to banks 
or liquid securities which carry minimum short-term credit ratings of A1 from Standard & Poor’s and P1 from Moody’s or, in the case of 
Money Market Funds, AAAm from Standard & Poor’s and Aaa from Moody’s. No more than £25 million may be invested with any individual 
bank counterparty and no more than ten per cent of a fund’s overall value may be deposited in a single Money Market Fund. Individual 
credit limits are reviewed quarterly. The total Money Market Fund balances shown below represent the use of two funds (2007: three funds).

The table below analyses the Group’s cash and cash equivalents by credit exposure excluding bank balances, store cash and cash in transit: 

Counterparty 

Financial institutions - Money Market Funds 
Financial institutions - Money Market Deposits 
Financial institutions - Money Market Deposits 

Rating 

  AAAm/Aaa 
A1+/P1 
A1/P1 

2008 
£m 

300 
11 
- 

2007
£m

450
60
9

During the year there were no breaches of credit limits and management does not expect any losses from non-performance arising from 
counterparties used.

Market risk
(a) Currency risk
The Group is exposed to currency risk principally on future inventory purchases denominated in currencies other than pound sterling, 
primarily euros and US dollars but also Hong Kong dollars, Polish zloty, Australian dollars and New Zealand dollars. The Group also has 
limited exposure in respect of recognised foreign currency assets and liabilities. 

The Group’s risk management policy seeks to limit the impact of movements in exchange rates on Group income by requiring anticipated 
foreign currency cash fl ows in US dollars and euros to be hedged. The future cash fl ows, which may be either contracted or uncontracted, 
are hedged on a layered basis between 80 per cent and 20 per cent using forward contracts over a 14-month time horizon. 

The Group has limited exposure to currency risk on balances held on foreign currency denominated bank accounts, which may arise due 
to short-term timing differences on maturing hedges relative to supplier payments or obligations. 

A ten per cent change in the value of the US dollar versus sterling at the balance sheet date with all other variables held constant would 
have increased or decreased post-tax profi t or loss for the year by £20,000 (2007: £300,000), as a result of gains or losses on translation 
of US dollar cash balances and US dollar denominated trade payables and receivables.

A ten per cent change in the value of euro versus sterling at the balance sheet date with all other variables held constant would have 
increased or decreased post-tax profi t or loss for the year by £500,000 (2007: £900,000), as a result of gains or losses on translation 
of euro cash balances and euro denominated trade payables and receivables.

Movements of this magnitude in the other currencies noted above would have an immaterial impact on both the income statement 
and equity.

67

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

29 Financial risk management continued
(b) Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its portfolio of interest bearing borrowings and deposits. The Group’s interest rate policy 
seeks to minimise interest expense and volatility by converting, with the use of fi nancial derivatives, the interest rate profi le of underlying 
borrowings into a diversifi ed portfolio of fi xed rate, fl oating rate and infl ation-linked liabilities. Policy defi nes neutral benchmarks of 
35 per cent for fi xed rate debt, 25 per cent for fl oating rate debt and 40 per cent for capped infl ation-linked debt, which may be varied 
within defi ned levels of tolerance. 

Infl ation-linked cash fl ows arising on the Group’s long-term borrowings remain an effective source of diversifi cation within the liability 
portfolio, a hedge of the Group’s revenues as well as a means of reducing balance sheet risk. These cash fl ows arose as part of a general 
refi nancing exercise undertaken in March 2006.

(i) Fair value sensitivity for fi xed rate instruments
The Group holds £1,159 million of fi xed rate debt (2007: £1,186 million), of which £602 million (2007: £782 million) has been swapped into 
fl oating rate debt with interest rate swaps.

The remaining £557 million (2007: £404 million) portion of fi xed rate debt is recorded at amortised cost and a change in interest rates 
at the reporting date would not affect the income statement. 

(ii) Cash fl ow sensitivity for variable rate instruments
The £602 million portion of fi xed rate debt swapped to fl oating rates (2007: £782 million) and the associated interest rate swaps have been 
designated as being in a hedging relationship. The interest rate swaps and the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged 
risk are recognised at fair value through profi t or loss. 

The two movements in fair values on the underlying fi xed rate debt and the interest rate swaps largely offset one another in the income 
statement. A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the balance sheet date would have increased or decreased post-tax profi t or 
loss by £4 million (2007: £5 million) representing the increased cost of the fl oating rate leg of the swaps. 

For the year, the fair value movement in the interest rate swaps has resulted in a credit to the income statement of £25 million (2007: 
£39 million). The fair value movement in the underlying fi xed rate debt has resulted in a charge to the income statement of £25 million 
(2007: £39 million). The net movement is a credit to the income statement of £282,000 which represents ineffectiveness on this hedging 
relationship (2007: £24,000).

Interest rate swaps not held in a hedging relationship are recognised at fair value through profi t or loss. An increase of 100 basis points in 
interest rates would have increased post-tax profi t or loss by £4 million (2007: £400,000). A decrease of 100 basis points in interest rates 
would have decreased post-tax profi t or loss by £10 million (2007: £8 million). 

(iii) Cash fl ow sensitivity for infl ation-linked variable instruments
The Group holds £867 million of infl ation-linked debt (2007: £863 million) which is recorded at amortised cost. A change of 50 basis points 
in the RPI at the balance sheet date would have increased or decreased post-tax profi t or loss by £3 million (2007: £2 million). 

(iv) Fair value sensitivity for available-for-sale fi nancial assets 
Included within available-for-sale fi nancial assets is £105 million (2007: £136 million) relating to the Group’s benefi cial interest in a property 
investment pool. The net present value of the Group’s interest in the various freehold reversions owned by the property investment pool 
has been derived by assuming a property growth rate of three per cent per annum and a discount rate of ten per cent (see note 17). 

A change of one per cent in the assumed rate of property rental growth to two per cent and four per cent, holding other assumptions 
constant, would result in values for this asset of £90 million (2007: £113 million) and £130 million (2007: £163 million) respectively. A 
change of one per cent in the discount rate to nine per cent and 11 per cent, holding other assumptions constant, would result in values 
of £121 million (2007: £152 million) and £92 million (2007: £113 million) respectively.

(c) Pricing risk
The Group operates risk management processes for other material costs associated with its activities, for example energy costs. An energy 
risk management committee meets regularly to review pricing exposure to electricity and gas consumption and determines strategy for 
forward purchasing and hedging of energy costs. The process undertaken is similar to that employed in purchasing foreign currency as 
described in section (a) above.

Capital risk management
The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital structure consistent with an investment grade credit rating to sustain investor confi dence. 
The Group’s current credit ratings comprise a Corporate Family rating of Baa3 from Moody’s and a Corporate Credit rating of BBB— from 
Standard & Poor’s.

The Board monitors a range of fi nancial metrics including return on capital and gearing to measure the effi ciency of the Group’s capital 
structure, the returns for shareholders and benefi ts for other stakeholders.

The Board has a policy to maintain the underlying earnings cover for the ordinary dividend at a minimum of 1.5 times and to grow the 
dividend cover over time to between 1.5 and 1.75 times. 

68

From time to time the Company purchases its own shares in the market for the purpose of issuing shares under the Group’s share option 
programmes. Outside of this practice the Group does not have a defi ned share buy-back plan. 

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

30 Financial instruments

Derivative assets 
Current 
Forward contract — cash fl ow hedge  

Derivative liabilities
Current
Interest rate swaps — non-designated hedges 

Non-current
Interest rate swaps — fair value hedge 

Group 
2008 
£m 

Group 
2007 
£m 

Company 
2008 
£m 

Company
2007
£m

4 

— 

— 

—

(6) 

(2) 

(6) 

(2)

(18) 

(43) 

(18) 

(43)

Interest rate swaps — non-designated hedges
At the balance sheet date, the Group held one interest rate swap that converts £75 million of fl oating rate borrowings into fi xed rates of 
interest. Under the terms of the swap the Group pays a fi xed rate of 4.50 per cent and receives three-month LIBOR on £75 million until 
19 April 2031. The counterparty has a once only option to cancel the swap or double the notional principal value of the swap to £150 million 
on 19 July 2010 and thereafter a recurring option to cancel the swap on quarterly dates through to August 2030. 

A swap outstanding in March 2007 with a notional principal of £100 million was cancelled by the counterparty in July 2007.

Interest rate swaps — fair value hedge
The Group has entered into three interest rate swaps to convert a total of £602 million (2007: £782 million) of the fi xed rate secured loan 
due in 2018 to fl oating rates of interest (note 20). Under the terms of the swaps, the Group receives fi xed interest at rates varying from 
4.86 per cent to 5.22 per cent and pays fl oating rate interest at fi xed spreads above three-month LIBOR. The notional principal amount 
of one of the interest rate swaps amortises from £421 million to £221 million from April 2016 to April 2018. 

Foreign exchange forward contracts — cash fl ow hedges
At 22 March 2008, the Group held a portfolio of foreign exchange forward contracts with a fair value of £4 million (2007: £(0.4) million) to 
hedge its exposure to foreign exchange rate risk on its future foreign currency denominated trade purchases. The Group had purchased 
€144 million (2007: €110 million) and sold sterling at rates ranging from 0.68 to 0.97 (2007: 0.68 to 0.71) with maturities from April 2008 
to November 2008 (2007: April 2007 to January 2008) and purchased US$237 million (2007: US$66 million) and sold sterling at rates 
ranging from 1.93 to 2.05 (2007: 1.79 to 1.98) with maturities from April 2008 to May 2009 (2007: April 2007 to February 2008).

At 22 March 2008, an unrealised gain of £2 million (2007: loss of £0.1 million) is included in equity in respect of these contracts. This gain 
will be transferred to the income statement over the next 14 months from balance sheet date.

Interest rate risk
Interest on fi nancial instruments classifi ed as fl oating rate is repriced at intervals of less than one year. Infl ation-linked debt is included 
within fl oating rate debt as the rate of interest is based on movements in the RPI and is therefore variable (see note 20). Interest on 
fi nancial instruments classifi ed as fi xed rate is fi xed until maturity of the instrument. The other fi nancial instruments of the Group and 
Company that are not included in the tables below are non-interest bearing and are therefore not subject to interest rate risk.

The following tables set out the carrying amount, by maturity, of the fi nancial instruments that are exposed to interest rate risk:

Group
2008
Floating rate
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other receivables 
Bank overdrafts 
Secured loan due 20361 
Interest rate swaps on secured loan due 2018 
Other interest rate swaps2 

Fixed rate
Secured loan due 2018  
Interest rate swaps on secured loan due 2018 
Other interest rate swaps2 
Finance lease obligations 

Less than  
one year 
£m 

One to 
two years 
£m  

Two to 
fi ve years 
£m  

More than 
fi ve years 
£m  

Total
£m

719  
-  
(118) 
(10) 
-  
-  

(35) 
-  
-  
-  

-  
20  
-  
(4) 
-  
-  

(27) 
-  
- 
-  

-  
35  
-  
(12) 
-  
75  

(90) 
-  
(75)  
(1) 

-  
-  
-  
(876) 
(602) 
-  

(981) 
602  
- 
(48) 

719
55 
(118)
(902)
(602)
75

(1,133)
602
(75)
(49)

69

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

30 Financial instruments continued

Group
2007
Floating rate
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other receivables 
Bank overdrafts 
B shares liability 
Secured loan due 20361 
Interest rate swaps on secured loan due 2018 
Other interest rate swaps2 

Fixed rate
Secured loan due 2018  
Interest rate swaps on secured loan due 2018 
Other interest rate swaps2 
Finance lease obligations 

1  Principal redemption profi le of infl ation–linked loan based on RPI projections at balance sheet date.
2  Other interest rate swaps cancellable at the option of the counterparty.

Company
2008
Floating rate
Cash and cash equivalents 
Amounts due from Group entities 
Other receivables 
Bank overdrafts 
Amounts due to Group entities 
Interest rate swaps on amount due to Group entity in 2018 
Other interest rate swaps1 

Fixed rate
Amounts due from Group entities 
Amount due to Group entity in 2018 
Other payables 
Interest rate swaps on amount due to Group entity in 2018 
Other interest rate swaps1 

2007
Floating rate
Cash and cash equivalents 
Amounts due from Group entities 
Other receivables 
Bank overdrafts 
B shares liability 
Amounts due to Group entities 
Interest rate swaps on amount due to Group entity in 2018 
Other interest rate swaps1 

Fixed rate
Amounts due from Group entities 
Amount due to Group entity in 2018  
Other payables 
Interest rate swaps on amount due to Group entity in 2018 
Other interest rate swaps1 

1  Other interest rate swaps cancellable at the option of the counterparty.

Less than  
one year 
£m 

One to 
two years 
£m  

Two to 
fi ve years 
£m  

More than 
fi ve years 
£m  

Total
£m

1,128  
—  
(363) 
(10) 
(5) 
—  
—  

(35) 
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
— 
—  
100  

(25) 
—  
(100) 
—  

324  
36 
- 
(88) 
(3,388) 
-  
-  

—  
-  
20  
-  
(1,045) 
-  
-  

- 
- 
(5) 
-  
-  

523 
50 
— 
(259) 
(10) 
(3,763) 
— 
— 

209 
— 
(5) 
— 
— 

- 
-  
-  
-  
 -  

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
100 

— 
— 
— 
— 
(100) 

—  
20  
—  
—  
(25) 
—  
—  

(85) 
—  
—  
(1) 

— 
-  
35  
-  
-  
-  
75  

55 
-  
-  
-  
(75)  

— 
— 
20 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

—  
30  
—  
—  
(867) 
(782) 
150  

(997) 
782  
(150) 
(50) 

—  
-  
-  
-  
-  
(602) 
- 

866 
(758) 
-  
602 
- 

— 
— 
30 
— 
— 
— 
(782) 
150 

869 
(740) 
— 
782 
(150) 

1,128 
50 
(363)
(10)
(897)
(782)
250 

(1,142)
782 
(250)
(51)

324 
36
55
(88)
(4,433)
(602)
75

921
(758)
(5)
602
(75)

523
50
50
(259)
(10)
(3,763)
(782)
250

1,078
(740)
(5)
782
(250)

70

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

30 Financial instruments continued
Foreign currency risk
The Group has net euro denominated trade creditors of £12 million (2007: £12 million) and US dollar denominated trade creditors of 
£4 million (2007: £(5) million). 

Fair value 
Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all fi nancial instruments that are carried in the fi nancial 
statements at other than fair values. The fair values of short-term deposits, receivables, overdrafts, payables and loans of a maturity of less 
than one year are assumed to approximate to their book values, and are excluded from the analysis below.

2008
Financial assets 
Amounts due from Group entities 
Other receivables 

Financial liabilities
Amounts due to Group entities 
Secured loans1 
Obligations under fi nance leases 

2007
Financial assets 
Amounts due from Group entities 
Other receivables 

Financial liabilities
Amounts due to Group entities 
Secured loans1 
Obligations under fi nance leases 

1 

Includes £782 million accounted for as a fair value hedge.

Group 
Carrying 
amount 
£m  

Group 
Fair value 
£m 

Company
Carrying 
amount 
£m  

Company
Fair value
£m 

— 
55 

— 
55 

921 
55 

860
55

— 
(2,035) 
(49) 

— 
(1,782) 
(49) 

(1,803) 
— 
— 

(1,701)
—
—

— 
50 

— 
50 

— 
(2,039) 
(51) 

— 
(2,088) 
(51) 

869 
50 

(740) 
— 
— 

843
50

(740)
—
—

Financial assets and liabilities by category
Set out below are the accounting classifi cations of each class of fi nancial assets and liabilities as at 22 March 2008 and 24 March 2007.

Loans and 
receivables 
£m 

Available- 
for-sale 
£m 

Fair value 
through 
profi t or 
loss 
£m 

Derivatives  
used for 
hedging  
£m 

Other
fi nancial
liabilities 
£m 

Group
2008
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets 
Trade and other payables 
Short-term borrowings  
Long-term borrowings   
Derivative fi nancial instruments
  Cash fl ow hedges1 

Interest rate swaps2   

2007
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Available-for-sale fi nancial assets 
Trade and other payables 
Short-term borrowings  
Long-term borrowings   
Derivative fi nancial instruments

Interest rate swaps2   

1  Cash fl ow hedges are deferred through equity.
2  Interest rate swaps used for hedging are at fair value through profi t or loss. 

719 
171 
— 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
106 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

890 

106 

1,128 
147 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

1,275 

- 
- 
137 
- 
- 
- 

- 

137 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
(6) 

(6) 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(2) 

(2) 

Total
£m

719
171
106
(2,274)
(118)
(2,084)

4
(24)

- 
- 
- 
(2,274) 
(118) 
(2,084) 

- 
- 

(4,476) 

(3,500)

- 
- 
- 
(2,259) 
(373) 
(2,090) 

1,128
147
137
(2,259)
(373)
(2,090)

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

4 
(18) 

(14) 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

(43) 

(43) 

- 

(45)

(4,722) 

(3,355)

71

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

30 Financial instruments continued

Company
2008
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Short-term borrowings  
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Interest rate swaps1   

2007
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other receivables 
Trade and other payables 
Short-term borrowings  
Derivative fi nancial instruments

Interest rate swaps1 

Loans and 
receivables 
£m 

Available- 
for-sale 
£m 

Fair value 
through 
profi t or 
loss 
£m 

Derivatives  
used for 
hedging  
£m 

Other
fi nancial
liabilities 
£m 

Total
£m

324 
1,335 
- 
- 

- 

1,659 

523 
1,294  
— 
— 

-  

1,817 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

—  
— 
— 
— 

-  

— 

- 
- 
- 
- 

(6) 

(6) 

—  
—  
— 
— 

(2) 

(2) 

- 
- 
- 
- 

(18) 

(18) 

— 
— 
— 
— 

(43) 

(43) 

- 
- 
(5,325) 
(88) 

324
1,335
(5,325)
(88)

- 

(24)

(5,413) 

(3,778)

— 
— 
(5,214) 
(269) 

523
1,294
(5,214)
(269)

- 

(45)

(5,483) 

(3,711)

1 

Interest rate swaps used for hedging are at fair value through profi t or loss. 

31 Retirement benefi t obligations
Retirement benefi t obligations relate to two funded defi ned benefi t schemes, the J Sainsbury Pension and Death Benefi t Scheme (“JSPDBS”) 
and the J Sainsbury Executive Pension Scheme (“JSEPS”) and an unfunded pension liability relating to senior employees. The defi ned benefi t 
schemes were closed to new employees on 31 January 2002. The assets of these schemes are held separately from the Group’s assets.

The defi ned benefi t schemes were subject to a triennial valuation carried out by Watson Wyatt, the schemes’ independent actuaries, at March 
2006 on the projected unit basis. The results of this valuation were approved by the schemes’ trustees in June 2007. The retirement benefi t 
obligations at 22 March 2008 have been calculated, where appropriate, on a basis consistent with this valuation. 

The unfunded pension liability is unwound when each employee reaches retirement and takes their pension from the Group payroll or is 
crystallised in the event of an employee leaving or retiring and choosing to take the provision as a one-off cash payment.

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are as follows:

Present value of funded obligations  
Fair value of plan assets 

Present value of unfunded obligations 

Retirement benefi t asset/(obligations) 
Deferred income tax (liability)/asset  

Net retirement benefi t asset/(obligations) 

2008 
£m 

2007
£m

(3,668) 
4,171 

(4,395)
4,298 

503 
(8) 

495 
(129) 

366 

(97)
(6)

(103)
48

(55)

The retirement benefi t asset or obligations and the associated deferred income tax balance are shown within different line items on the 
face of the balance sheet. 

72

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

31 Retirement benefi t obligations continued
The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:

Current service cost — funded schemes  
Current service cost — unfunded scheme 
Past service cost 

Included in employee costs (note 6)  
Past service gains on defi ned benefi t schemes (note 6) 

Total included in employee costs  

Interest cost on pension scheme liabilities 
Expected return on plan assets 

Total included in fi nance income (note 5) 

Total income statement (expense)/income 

2008 
£m 

(74) 
(2)  
(2) 

(78) 
- 

(78) 

(230) 
284  

54  

(24) 

2007
£m

(76)
- 
(11)

(87)
72

(15) 

(212)
253 

41 

26

Of the expense recognised in operating profi t, £70 million (2007: £11 million) is included in cost of sales and £8 million (2007: £4 million) is 
included in administrative expenses.

The actual return on pension scheme assets net of expenses was a loss of £96 million (2007: gain of £342 million).

The amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense are as follows:

Net actuarial gains recognised during the year 
Cumulative actuarial gains recognised 

The movements in the funded retirement benefi t obligations are as follows:

Beginning of year 
Current service cost 
Past service cost 
Past service gains (note 7) 
Interest cost 
Contributions by plan participants 
Actuarial gains 
Benefi ts paid 
Transfer from provisions (note 22) 

End of year 

The movements in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:

Beginning of year 
Expected return on plan assets 
Actuarial (losses)/gains 
Contributions by employer 
Contributions by plan participants 
Benefi ts paid 

End of year 

2008 
£m 

542 
594 

2007
£m

179
52

2008 
£m 

(4,395) 
(74) 
(2) 
- 
(230) 
(10) 
922  
123 

(2)  

2007
£m

(4,361)
(76)
(11)
72
(212)
(11)
90 
127
(13) 

(3,668) 

(4,395)

2008 
£m 

4,298 
284 
(380) 
82 
10 
(123) 

2007
£m

3,710
253
89
362
11
(127) 

4,171 

4,298 

73

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

31 Retirement benefi t obligations continued
The principal actuarial assumptions used at the balance sheet date are as follows:

Discount rate 
Expected return on plan assets 
Future salary increases  
Future pension increases 

2008 
% 

2007
%

6.9 
6.6 
3.50 

5.3
6.6
3.00
  2.40-3.50  2.35-3.00

A movement of 0.5 per cent in the discount rate would increase or decrease the retirement benefi t obligations by £335 million.

Consistent with the prior year, the discount rate is based on the annualised yield on an AA-rated sterling corporate bond index.

The combined life expectancy for both the schemes operated at the balance sheet date for a pensioner at normal retirement age 
(now 65 years for men and 60 years for women) is as follows: 

Male pensioner 
Female pensioner 

The mortality assumptions used are the same as those adopted in the prior year.

The major categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:

Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Other 

2008 
years 

21.6 
23.1 

2007
years

21.4
22.9

2008 
% 

45 
46 
4 
5 

2007
%

52
37
4
7

100 

100

The expected return on assets has been derived as the weighted average of the expected returns from each of the main asset classes. 
The expected return for each asset class refl ects a combination of historical performance analysis, the forward-looking view of the 
fi nancial markets (as suggested by the yield available) and the views of investment organisations.

The history of experience adjustments on the plans for the current and previous fi nancial years is as follows:

Present value of retirement benefi t obligations 
Fair value of plan assets 
Surplus/(defi cit) 

Experience loss on plan liabilities 
Experience (loss)/gain on plan assets 

2008 
£m 

(3,676) 
4,171 
495 

2007 
£m 

2006 
£m 

(4,401) 
4,298  
(103) 

(4,368) 
3,710 
(658) 

2005
£m

(3,512)
2,976
(536)

(79) 
(380)  

(236) 
89 

(27) 
428 

(6)
134

The expected contributions to defi ned benefi t schemes for the next fi nancial year beginning 23 March 2008 are £125 million. 

74

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

32 Share-based payments
The Group recognised £53 million (2007: £38 million) of employee costs (note 6) related to share-based payment transactions made 
during the fi nancial year. Of these, £2 million (2007: £nil) are cash-settled.

National insurance contributions are payable in respect of certain share-based payment transactions and are treated as cash-settled 
transactions. At 22 March 2008, the carrying amount of national insurance contributions payable was £13 million (2007: £14 million) 
of which £nil (2007: £2 million) was in respect of vested grants.

The Group operates various share-based payment schemes as set out below:

(a) Savings Related Share Option Scheme (“SAYE”)
The Group operates a Savings Related Share Option Scheme, which is open to all UK employees with more than three months’ continuous 
service. This is an approved HMRC Scheme and was established in 1980. Under the SAYE scheme, participants remaining in the Group’s 
employment at the end of the three-year or fi ve-year savings period are entitled to use their savings to purchase shares in the Company 
at a stated exercise price. Employees leaving for certain reasons are able to use their savings to purchase shares within six months of 
their leaving.

At 22 March 2008, UK employees held 22,074 fi ve-year savings contracts (2007: 21,833) in respect of options over 20.6 million shares 
(2007: 20.5 million) and 28,332 three-year savings contracts (2007: 24,919) in respect of options over 15.3 million shares (2007: 14.1 million).

A reconciliation of option movements is shown below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted  
Forfeited  
Exercised 
Expired 

Outstanding at end of year 

2008 
Number of 
options 
million 

34.5 
10.0 
(3.4) 
(4.9) 
(0.3) 

35.9  

2008 
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
pence 

256  
331  
272 
233  
266  

278  

2007 
Number of  
options 
 million 

35.4 
 9.1  
(4.3) 
(4.4) 
 (1.3) 

34.5  

2007
Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence

237
328 
236 
272 
278 

256 

Exercisable at end of year 

2.0  

227 

 3.4  

247

The weighted average share price during the period for options exercised over the year was 377 pence (2007: 510 pence).

Details of options at 22 March 2008 are set out below:

Date of grant 

  Date of expiry 

20 December 2001 (5 year period)   
3 January 2003 (5 year period) 
17 December 2003 (3 year period)   
17 December 2003 (5 year period)   
15 December 2004 (3 year period)   
15 December 2004 (5 year period)   
15 December 2005 (3 year period)   
15 December 2005 (5 year period)   
15 December 2006 (3 year period)   
15 December 2006 (5 year period)   
20 December 2007 (3 year period)   
20 December 2007 (5 year period)   

 31 August 2007 
 31 August 2008 
 31 August 2007 
 31 August 2009 
 31 August 2008 
 31 August 2010 
 31 August 2009 
 31 August 2011 
 31 August 2010 
 31 August 2012 
 31 August 2011 
 31 August 2013 

Exercise 
price 
pence  

Options 
outstanding 
2008 
million  

Options
outstanding
2007
million

302  
239  
241  
241  
217  
217  
231 
231 
328  
328  
331 
331 

-  
0.9 
- 
2.8 
1.1 
4.0 
4.6 
5.0 
4.0 
3.7  
5.6 
4.2 

0.4 
3.0 
0.4 
3.0 
3.5 
4.3 
5.3 
5.6 
4.8 
4.2 
—
—

35.9 

34.5 

75

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

32 Share-based payments continued
Options granted during the year were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were included in the 
fair value calculations. The fair value per option granted during the year and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:

Share price at grant date (pence) 
Exercise price (pence)   
Expected volatility  

Option life   

— 3 year period (%) 
— 5 year period (%) 
— 3 year period (years) 
— 5 year period (years) 

Expected dividends (expressed as dividend yield %)  
Risk-free interest rate  — 3 year period (%) 
— 5 year period (%) 

Fair value per option    — 3 year period (pence) 
— 5 year period (pence) 

2008  

413 
331 
23.5 
25.3 
3.2 
5.2 
1.9 
4.5 
4.7 
122 
144  

2007 

409
328
18.0 
25.5 
3.2 
5.2 
2.3
4.2 
4.2 
105 
132 

The expected volatility is based on the standard deviation of the Group’s share price for the period immediately prior to the date of grant 
of award, over the period identical to the vesting period of the award, adjusted for management’s view of future volatility of the share price.

(b) Colleague Share Option Plan (“CSOP”)
The Colleague Share Option Plan operates under the rules of the HMRC Approved Discretionary Share Option Scheme. Under the CSOP, 
participants are granted options to purchase shares of the Company at a stated exercise price. The exercise of options is conditional upon 
participants remaining in the employment of the Group for a three-year period after date of grant. Colleagues leaving employment for 
certain reasons have six months from their leaving date to exercise their options.

At 22 March 2008, a total of 10,547 UK employees (2007: 17,793) participated in the plan and held options over 3.4 million shares 
(2007: 5.7 million). Options are exercisable between three and ten years from the date of the grant of option. It is intended that there 
will be no further options granted under this plan.

A reconciliation of option movements is shown below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Forfeited  
Exercised 
Expired 

Outstanding at end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

2008 
Number of 
options 
million 

5.7  
(0.3) 
(2.0) 
- 

3.4  

2008 
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
 price 
pence 

365 
352 
370  
- 

363 

2007 
Number of 
options 
 million 

 18.6  
 (4.8) 
 (7.9) 
(0.2) 

5.7  

2007
Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence

366
363 
369 
371 

365 

3.4  

363 

5.7  

 365

The weighted average share price during the period for options exercised over the year was 553 pence (2007: 500 pence).

Details of options at 22 March 2008 are set out below:

Date of grant 

2 August 1999 
2 June 2000 

  Date of expiry 

 1 August 2009 
 1 June 2010 

Exercise 
price 
pence  

378 
272 

Options 
outstanding 
2008 
million  

Options
outstanding
2007
million

2.9  
0.5  

3.4  

5.0 
0.7 

5.7 

76

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

32 Share-based payments continued
(c) Executive Share Option Plan (“ESOP”)
Under the Executive Share Option Plan, participants were granted options to purchase shares in the Company at a stated exercise price. 
The maximum annual option award was two times basic salary and the grants were agreed by the Remuneration Committee according to 
the assessed performance and potential of participants.

The exercise of options is conditional upon a performance target based on the growth in the Company’s underlying earnings per share 
(“EPS”) relative to infl ation over a three-year period. EPS is measured against a fi xed starting point over the performance period beginning 
with the year in which the option was granted. To the extent that the condition is not satisfi ed in full after three years, it will be retested on 
a fi xed-point basis over four and then fi ve fi nancial years. To the extent the condition is not met after fi ve fi nancial years, the option 
will lapse.

Once the options vest, participants remaining in the Group’s employment or leaving for certain reasons, are entitled to exercise the options 
between vesting date (normally at the end of the three-year performance period) and the option expiry date, which is ten years from date 
of grant. 

It is intended that there will be no further options granted under this plan.

A reconciliation of option movements is shown below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Forfeited  
Exercised 
Expired 

Outstanding at end of year 

Exercisable at end of year 

2008 
Number of 
options 
million 

20.4  
(6.3) 
(5.9) 
(4.1) 

4.1  

2008 
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
 price 
pence 

362  
332  
405  
294  

411  

2007 
Number of 
options 
 million 

 36.8  
 (0.5) 
(11.5) 
 (4.4) 

20.4  

2007
Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence

358 
400 
356 
343 

362 

3.5  

437 

 12.2  

420

The weighted average share price during the period for options exercised over the year was 546 pence (2007: 460 pence).

Details of options at 22 March 2008 are set out below:

Date of grant 

20 May 1997 
11 November 1997 
10 November 1998 
2 August 1999 
2 June 2000 
7 June 2001 
26 July 2001 
25 July 2002 
22 May 2003 
20 May 2004 

  Date of expiry 

 19 May 2007 
 10 November 2007 
 9 November 2008 
 1 August 2009 
 1 June 2010 
 6 June 2011 
 25 July 2011 
 24 July 2012 
 21 May 2013 
 19 May 2014 

Exercise 
price 
pence  

Options 
outstanding 
2008 
million  

Options
outstanding
2007
million

367  
489  
545  
378  
272  
427  
407  
287  
257  
275  

 — 
 — 
 1.0 
 0.4 
 0.3 
 0.9 
 0.9 
 - 
 0.4 
 0.2 

4.1 

0.7
0.1
2.4
1.8
1.1
2.9
3.2
3.7
3.1
1.4

20.4 

77

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

32 Share-based payments continued
(d) Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)
The Performance Share Plan was a long-term incentive scheme through which shares were awarded to senior managers on a conditional 
basis. Under the PSP, participants remaining in the Group’s employment or leaving for certain reasons, were entitled to receive a grant of 
options after a performance period of three years to acquire the shares awarded to them, at any time during the ten years following the 
date of grant.

The participant’s entitlement to receive the grant depended on the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) — being the increase in the 
value of a share, including reinvested dividends, compared with a peer group of 11 companies (namely Ahold, Alliance Boots, Carrefour, Casino, 
DSG International, Kingfi sher, Loblaw, Marks & Spencer, Morrisons, Next and Tesco), over the three-year performance period.

If the median performance of the TSR against the comparator group was not achieved at the end of the three-year performance period, 
the entitlement to receive the grant of options lapsed. At median level, shares to the value of 30 per cent of salary would be released and 
the award will be pro rated at every position between the median and fi rst position in the comparator group. The maximum allocation for 
Directors was a conditional grant of shares equal to 75 per cent of salary. 

No further allocations will be made under this plan.

A reconciliation of the number of shares conditionally allocated is shown below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Forfeited 
Released to participants 
Lapsed 

Outstanding at end of year 

Details of shares conditionally allocated at 22 March 2008 are set out below: 

20 May 2004 

Number 
of shares 
2008  
million 

Number
of shares
 2007 
million

0.9 
— 
(0.7) 
(0.2) 

— 

2.2
(0.2)
(0.6)
(0.5)

0.9 

Shares 
conditionally 
allocated 
2008  
million 

Shares
conditionally
allocated
 2007 
million

— 

— 

0.9

0.9

Conditional awards of shares that have fulfi lled all conditions at the end of the performance period are represented by options granted to 
participants to acquire the shares awarded to them. Details of the options outstanding at year-end are set out below:

Date of grant 

17 May 20061 
16 May 2007 

  Date of expiry 

 16 May 2016 
 15 May 2017 

1  Options granted in respect of shares conditionally allocated on 22 May 2003.

Exercise 
price 
 pence  

— 
— 

2008 
Shares 
in respect 
of options 
granted 

— 
37,627 

37,627 

2007
Shares
in respect
of options 
granted

13,187
—

13,187

2007 
 Options 

1 
— 

1 

2008 
 Options 

— 
2 

2 

78

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

32 Share-based payments continued
(e) All-Employee Share Ownership Plan
In June 2003, under the All-Employee Share Ownership Plan, free shares were awarded to UK employees with more than 12 months’ 
continuous service. The free shares are being held in a trust on behalf of participants and will be forfeited if participants cease to remain 
in the Group’s employment for a period of three years. Shares are released to participants within the fi rst three years for certain reasons. 
After the three-year period, the shares continue to be held by the trust for a further holding period of two years, unless they are released 
to participants upon cessation of employment with the Group.

A reconciliation of shares held in the trust is shown below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Forfeited 
Released to participants 

Outstanding at end of year 

Number 
of shares 
2008 
million 

Number
of shares
2007
million

1.5 
-  
(0.1) 

1.4 

1.7
(0.1)
(0.1)

1.5

(f) J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005
Under the J Sainsbury plc Share Plan 2005, shares were awarded to participants on the conditional basis that the performance targets 
are achieved within the four-year performance period, from the fi nancial year beginning 27 March 2005 until the fi nancial year ending 
March 2009. The levels of awards are scaled according to seniority and there is an opportunity for Executive Directors and eligible 
Operating Board members to make a personal investment of up to 50 per cent of salary in the plan.

The awards will vest if stretching sales and earnings per share (“EPS”) targets are achieved, as shown in table 1 below. The relevant 
performance multiplier, which is on a sliding scale up to a maximum of fi ve times, will be calculated and applied to the core award of 
shares, as well as the personal investment of shares i.e. shares acquired by Executive Directors and eligible Operating Board members. 
Further, there is an opportunity for partial vesting of up to half the award, if the accelerated performance targets have been met at the 
end of year three (i.e. fi nancial year ended March 2008) as shown in table 2. No awards will vest unless threshold levels of growth in 
both sales and EPS are achieved.

Once performance targets have been achieved, options will be granted to participants remaining in the Group’s employment or leaving 
for certain reasons to acquire the shares awarded to them, at nil cost. The options will expire within a year after the end of the four-year 
performance period. Dividends will accrue on the shares that vest in the form of additional shares. 

In order to participate in the plan, participants agreed to surrender options granted to them under the Company’s Executive Share Option 
Plan in 2002, 2003 and 2004. 

Table 1 — Maturity vesting (multiplier applied to the shares)

4 year EPS growth (compound annual)

Sales growth in £ billion  
2.50  
2.25  
2.00  
1.75  
1.50  
1.25  
1.00  

<5% 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 

Table 2 — Interim vesting (multiplier applied to 50% of the shares)

3 year EPS growth (compound annual)

Sales growth in £ billion  
2.50  
2.25  
2.00  
1.75  
1.50  
1.25  
1.00  

<5% 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 

5% 
1.0 
1.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 

5% 
1.0 
1.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 

10% 
2.0 
1.5 
1.5 
1.5 
1.0 
0.0 
0.0 

10% 
2.0 
1.5 
1.5 
1.5 
1.0 
0.0 
0.0 

14% 
3.0 
2.5 
2.0 
2.0 
1.5 
1.0 
0.0 

15% 
3.0 
2.5 
2.0 
2.0 
1.5 
1.0 
0.0 

17% 
4.5 
4.0 
3.0 
2.5 
2.0 
1.5 
1.0 

20% 
4.5 
4.0 
3.0 
2.5 
2.0 
1.5 
1.0 

21%
5.0
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.0
2.5
2.0

25%
5.0
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.0
2.5
2.0

79

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

32 Share-based payments continued
A reconciliation of the number of shares conditionally allocated is shown below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Forfeited 

Outstanding at end of year 

Details of shares conditionally allocated at 22 March 2008 are set out below: 

Date of conditional award 

13 July 2005 

Number  
of shares 
2008 
million 

Number
of shares
2007
million

6.5 
(0.4) 

6.1  

7.0
(0.5)

6.5 

Shares  
conditionally  
allocated 
2008  
million  

Shares
conditionally
allocated
 2007 
million

6.1 

6.5

(g) Long-Term Incentive Plan 2006
Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan 2006, shares were conditionally awarded to the top 1,000 managers in the Company, from the 
Chief Executive to the supermarket store managers. The core awards are calculated as a percentage of the participants’ salaries and 
scaled according to grades. 

The awards will vest if the threshold levels of two co-dependent performance conditions — Return on Capital Employed (“ROCE”) and 
growth in cash fl ow per share, are achieved over the three-year performance period. As set out in table 3 below, the core award can 
grow by up to four times, dependent on the level of performance. Straight-line vesting will apply if performance falls between two points.

Performance will be measured at the end of the three-year performance period. If the required level of performance has been reached, the 
awards vest and 50 per cent of the award will be released. Subject to participants remaining in employment for a further year, the balance 
will be released on the fourth anniversary of the date of award. Options granted to acquire the award of shares will expire two years from 
vesting date. Dividends will accrue on the shares that vest in the form of additional shares. 

Table 3 — Level of awards

3 year cash fl ow per share growth (compound annual)

ROCE 
>=14% 
13%  
12%  
11%  
10%  

A reconciliation of the number of shares conditionally allocated is shown below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Conditionally allocated  
Forfeited 

Outstanding at end of year 

Details of shares conditionally awarded at 22 March 2008 are set out below: 

Date of conditional award 

13 July 2006 
20 June 2007 

80

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

6% 
1.5 
1.0 
0.5 
0.0 
0.0 

9% 
2.5 
1.5 
1.0 
0.5 
0.0 

12% 
3.0 
2.0 
1.5 
1.0 
0.5 

15% 
3.5 
3.0 
2.0 
1.5 
1.0 

>18%
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
1.5

Number of 
shares 
2008 
million  

Number of
shares 
2007
million

2.5 
2.1 
(0.1) 

4.5 

—
2.6
(0.1)

2.5

Shares  
conditionally 
allocated 
2008 
million  

Shares
conditionally
allocated 
2007
million

2.4 
2.1 

4.5 

2.5
—

2.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

32 Share-based payments continued
Options to acquire the award of shares were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were included 
in the fair value calculations. The fair value per option granted during the year and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:

Share price at grant date (pence) 
Exercise price (pence)   
Expected volatility (%)  
Option life (years) 
Expected dividends (expressed as dividend yield %) 
Risk-free interest rate (%)  
Fair value per option (pence) 

2008 

558  
— 
19.0 
4.2 
— 
5.6 
558 

2007

 335 
— 
29.0 
4.1 
— 
4.7 
335 

The expected volatility is based on the standard deviation of the Group’s share price for the period immediately prior to the date of 
grant of award, over the period identical to the vesting period of the award, adjusted for management’s view of future volatility of the 
share price.

(h) Deferred Annual Bonus Plan
The Deferred Annual Bonus Plan, applies to the top levels of management including Executive Directors and currently comprises around 
40 participants in total. The fi rst deferral took place in June 2007, in respect of the bonus awards for the fi nancial year ended 24 March 
2007. The next deferral will take place in June 2008.

The Plan measures the Company’s TSR performance over a three-year period against a bespoke UK and European retail comparator group 
comprising: Ahold, Carrefour, Casino, Delhaize, DSG International, Home Retail Group, Kingfi sher, Marks & Spencer, Metro, Morrisons, Next 
and Tesco. Alliance Boots was removed from the comparator group following its de-listing.

Up to two matched shares may be awarded for each share deferred depending on the extent to which the TSR measure is achieved. No 
shares are awarded for below median performance, and the full match will only apply where the Company achieves fi rst place within the 
comparator group. At median position the match will be 0.5 shares for each deferred bonus share and the share match will be pro rated 
at every position between median and fi rst place.

To the extent that the performance condition is met at the end of the three-year performance period, the matched shares will be added to 
the deferred bonus shares. The deferred bonus shares and half of the matched shares can be accessed immediately, while the remainder 
will be held over for a further year. Dividends or the equivalents will accrue on shares that vest. 

A reconciliation of the number of shares conditionally allocated is shown below:

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted during the year 

Outstanding at end of year 

Details of shares allocated at 22 March 2008 are set out below: 

Date of award 

20 June 2007 

Number of 
shares 
2008 
million  

Number of
shares
2007
million

- 
0.6  

0.6  

-
-

-

Shares 
conditionally 
allocated 
2008 
million  

Shares 
conditionally
allocated
2007
million

0.6 

-

33 Acquisition of subsidiary
On 27 November 2007, the Group acquired 100 per cent of the shares in S.W. Dewsbury Limited for a total cash consideration of £3 million, 
net of cash acquired (note 13).

81

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

34 Related party transactions
Group
(a) Key management personnel
The key management personnel of the Group comprise members of the J Sainsbury plc’s Board of Directors and the Operating Board.

The key management personnel compensation is as follows:

Short-term employee benefi ts 
Post-employment employee benefi ts 
Share-based payments  

2008  
£m 

7 
1 
9 

17 

2007
£m 

7
1
7

15

Details of transactions, in the normal course of business, with the key management personnel are provided below. For this purpose, key 
management personnel include Group key management personnel and members of their close family.

Saving
deposit
accounts
£000

(287)
(722)
—
392

(617)

(1)
(769)
(3)
486

(287)

Credit 
card 
balances 
Number 
of key 
management 
personnel 

Saving
deposit
accounts
Number 
of key 
balances  management 
personnel 

Credit 
card 

£000 

At 25 March 2007 
Amounts advanced/(received)1 
Interest earned/(paid)   
Amounts (repaid)/withdrawn2 

At 22 March 2008 

At 26 March 2006 
Amounts advanced/(received)1 
Interest earned/(paid)   
Amounts (repaid)/withdrawn2 

At 24 March 2007  

Includes existing balances of new appointments.

1 
2  Includes existing balances of resignations.

4 
3 
1 
4 

4 

4 
4 
1 
4 

4 

8 
113 
— 
(111) 

10 

9 
115 
— 
(116) 

8 

2 
4 
1 
3 

2 

2 
1 
2 
1 

2 

82

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

34 Related party transactions continued
(b) Joint ventures
Transactions with joint ventures
For the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008, the Group entered into various transactions with joint ventures as set out below. 

Sales of inventories 
Management services provided  
Interest income received in respect of interest bearing loans 
Sale of assets 
Rental expenses paid 

Year-end balances arising from transactions with joint ventures

Receivables
Other receivables 
Loans due from joint ventures
  Floating rate subordinated undated loan capital1 
  Floating rate subordinated dated loan capital2  

Payables
Loans due to joint ventures  

2008  
£m 

2007
£m 

6 
20 
3 
74 
(4) 

4
3
—
—
—

2008  
£m 

2007
£m 

7 

25 
30 

8

20
30

(5) 

(5)

1 

 The undated subordinated loan capital shall be repaid on such date as the Financial Services Authority shall agree in writing for such repayment and in any event not less than fi ve years and one day from 
the dates of draw down. In the event of a winding up of Sainsbury’s Bank plc, the loan is subordinated to ordinary unsecured liabilities. Interest is payable three months in arrears at LIBOR plus a margin of 
1.0 per cent per annum for the duration of the loan. 

2   No repayment of dated subordinated debt prior to its stated maturity may be made without the consent of the Financial Services Authority. In the event of a winding up of Sainsbury’s Bank plc, the loan is 

subordinated to ordinary unsecured liabilities. Interest is payable three months in arrears at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.6 per cent per annum for the duration of the loan.

(c) HBOS plc group
In the prior fi nancial year up to 8 February 2007, Sainsbury’s Bank plc was a subsidiary of the Company and had as shareholders 
the Company and Bank of Scotland (part of the HBOS plc group), which held 55 per cent and 45 per cent respectively of the issued 
share capital.

Transaction with the HBOS plc group
Companies within the HBOS plc group provided both management and banking services to Sainsbury’s Bank. Sainsbury’s Bank also entered 
into fi nancial transactions with, and earned commission from, companies within the HBOS plc group, all under normal commercial terms.

Loans given to, and commission received from HBOS plc group 
Total loans and advances made during the year   
Net interest received in respect of interest rate swaps, loans and advances  
Commission income earned 

Services and loans provided by HBOS plc group
Management and banking services   
Interest expense paid in respect of subordinated loan capital   
Deposits by banks
  Fixed-term borrowing 
Net interest paid in respect of interest rate swaps, loans and advances 

2008  
£m 

2007
£m 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

5,589
40
18

(40)
(2)

(79)
(36)

83

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

34 Related party transactions continued
Company
(a) Key management personnel
The key management personnel of the Company comprise members of the J Sainsbury plc’s Board of Directors. The Directors do not 
receive any remuneration from the Company (2007: £nil) as their emoluments are borne by subsidiaries. The Company did not have any 
transactions with the Directors during the fi nancial year (2007: £nil).

(b) Subsidiaries
The Company enters into loans with its subsidiaries at both fi xed and fl oating rates of interest on a commercial basis. Hence, the Company 
incurs interest expense and earns interest income on these loans and advances. The Company also received dividend income from its 
subsidiaries during the fi nancial year.

Transactions with subsidiaries

Loans and advances given to, and dividend income received from subsidiaries
Loans and advances given 
Loans and advances repaid by subsidiaries 
Loans and advances disposed of with part disposal of Sainsbury’s Bank 
Interest income received in respect of interest bearing loans and advances  
Dividend income received 

Loans and advances received from subsidiaries
Loans and advances received 
Loans and advances repaid 
Interest expense paid in respect of interest bearing loans and advances 

Year-end balances arising from transactions with subsidiaries

Receivables
Loans and advances due from subsidiaries 

Payables 
Loans and advances due to subsidiaries 

(c) Joint ventures
Transactions with joint ventures
For the 52 weeks to 22 March 2008, the Company entered into transactions with joint ventures as set out below. 

Services and loans provided to joint ventures 
Interest income received in respect of interest bearing loans 

Year-end balances arising from transactions with joint ventures

Receivables
Other receivables 
Loans due from joint ventures
  Floating rate subordinated undated loan capital1 
  Floating rate subordinated dated loan capital2  

Payables
Loans due to joint ventures  

2008  
£m 

2007
£m 

284 
(360) 
— 
115 
250 

69
(802)
(50)
127
270

(321) 
202 
(277) 

(1,559)
2,167
(224)

2008  
£m 

2007
£m 

1,279 

1,243

(5,315) 

(5,203)

2008  
£m 

2007
£m 

3 

-

2008  
£m 

2007
£m 

1 

25 
30 

1

20
30

(5) 

(5)

1 

 The undated subordinated loan capital shall be repaid on such date as the Financial Services Authority shall agree in writing for such repayment and in any event not less than fi ve years and one day from 
the dates of draw down. In the event of a winding up of Sainsbury’s Bank plc, the loan is subordinated to ordinary unsecured liabilities. Interest is payable three months in arrears at LIBOR plus a margin of 
1.0 per cent per annum for the duration of the loan. 

2   No repayment of dated subordinated debt prior to its stated maturity may be made without the consent of the Financial Services Authority. In the event of a winding up of Sainsbury’s Bank plc, the loan is 

subordinated to ordinary unsecured liabilities. Interest is payable three months in arrears at LIBOR plus a margin of 0.6 per cent per annum for the duration of the loan.

84

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the fi nancial statements continued

35 Operating lease commitments
The Group leases various retail stores, offi ces, depots and equipment under non-cancellable operating leases. The leases have varying 
terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights.

Commitments under non-cancellable operating leases payable as follows:
Within 1 year 
Within 2 to 5 years inclusive 
After 5 years 

Land and 

Land and 
buildings 
2008 
£m 

305  
1,187  
4,686  

6,178  

buildings  Other leases 
2008 
£m 

2007 
£m 

Other leases
2007
£m

291  
1,125  
4,679  

6,095  

48  
82  
2  

42 
82 
7 

132 

131 

The Group sublets certain leased properties and the total future minimum sublease payments to be received under non-cancellable 
subleases at 22 March 2008 are £254 million (2007: £262 million).

The Company does not have any operating lease commitments (2007: £nil). 

36 Capital commitments
During the current fi nancial year, the Group entered into contracts of £316 million (2007: £305 million) for future capital expenditure not 
provided for in the fi nancial statements. 

The Company does not have any capital commitments (2007: £nil).

37 Contingent liabilities and fi nancial commitments
Contingent liabilities
Operating lease commitments (note 35) include payments in respect of 26 supermarket properties sold (16 supermarket properties sold 
in March 2000 for £325 million and ten supermarket properties sold in July 2000 for £226 million) and leased back to the Group for 
a period of 23 years. Under the arrangement, the Company has provided a residual value guarantee of £170 million for the 16 supermarket 
properties and £39 million for the ten supermarket properties at the end of the lease period.

In view of the relatively low amount of the guarantees when compared to the present market value of the freehold interests, the Directors 
believe that the likelihood of the guarantees being invoked is remote, therefore no provision has been recognised in these fi nancial statements.

Financial commitments
The fi nancial commitments of Sainsbury’s Bank plc, a 50 per cent joint venture of the Group, are set out below. 

The amounts noted below indicate the volume of business outstanding at the balance sheet date in respect of the off-balance sheet 
fi nancial instruments that commit Sainsbury’s Bank to extend credit to customers. The prior year fi gure has been adjusted to remove 
undrawn lines on credit cards. This credit line may be revoked at any time and is not considered to meet the defi nition of a commitment.

Commitments to extend credit 

2008  
£m 

24.6 

2007
£m 

18.2

38 Post balance sheet events
On the 26 March 2008, the Group announced an investment of £273 million to create a £1.2 billion property joint venture with The British 
Land Company PLC.

85

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Five year fi nancial record

Financial results (£m)
Revenue1 
Revenue (inc VAT) — continuing operations 

Underlying operating profi t
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets 
Sainsbury’s Bank 

Underlying net fi nance costs2 
Share of post-tax (loss)/profi t from joint ventures 

Underlying profi t from continuing operations3   
Increase on previous year (%) 
Underlying profi t from discontinued operations   

Underlying profi t before tax4 

IFRS 
2008 

IFRS 
2007 

IFRS 
2006 

IFRS 
2005 

UK GAAP 
2005 

UK GAAP
2004

19,287  
19,287  

18,518  
18,518  

17,317 
 17,317 

 16,573 
 16,364  

16,573 
16,364 

18,239
15,517

535  
- 

535 
(45) 
(2) 

488 
28.4  
- 

488 

429  
2 

431 
(51) 
— 

380 
42.3 
— 

380 

 352 
(10) 

342 
(75) 
— 

267 
12.2 
— 

267 

308  
17 

325 
(88)  
1 

238 
n/a
11 

249 

321 
13 

334 
(92) 
 1 

243 

 11 

 254  

564
26

590
(60)
—

530

145

675 

Increase/(decrease) on previous year (%) 

28.4 

42.3  

7.2 

n/a  

 (62.4) 

(2.9)

Earnings per share
Basic (pence) 
(Decrease)/increase on previous year (%) 

Underlying basic (pence) 
Increase/(decrease) on previous year (%) 
Proposed dividend per share (pence)5 

Retail statistics for UK food retailing
Number of outlets at fi nancial year-end including
checkout space6
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets
  over 60,000 sq ft sales area 
  40,001 — 60,000 sq ft sales area  
  25,001 — 40,000 sq ft sales area  
  15,000 — 25,000 sq ft sales area  
  under 15,000 sq ft sales area 

Retail statistics for UK food retailing 
Number of outlets at fi nancial year-end excluding 
checkout space6,7 
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets 
  over 55,000 sq ft sales area 
  40,001 — 55,000 sq ft sales area  
  25,001 — 40,000 sq ft sales area  
  15,000 — 25,000 sq ft sales area  
  under 15,000 sq ft sales area 

Sales area including checkout space (000 sq ft)6
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets 

Net increase on previous year
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets (%) 

Sales area excluding checkout space (000 sq ft)6,7
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets 
Net increase on previous year:
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets (%)6,7 

New Sainsbury’s Supermarkets openings6,7 

Sainsbury’s Supermarkets’ sales intensity
Excluding checkout space (including VAT) 6,7
Per square foot (£ per week) 

19.1 
(0.5) 

19.6 
33.3 
12.00 

19.2 
405.3 

14.7 
40.0 
9.75 

3.8 
 (7.3) 

10.5 
 26.5 
8.00 

4.1 
n/a 

8.3 
n/a  
7.80 

 3.5  
(83.1) 

 9.0 
(61.5) 
 7.80 

20.7
(12.7)

23.4
(3.3)
 15.69

25 
165 
155 
94 
384 

823 

24 
130 
161 
100 
408 

823 

21 
157 
163 
91 
356 

788 

20 
124 
167 
98 
379 

788 

16 
150 
168 
88 
330 

752 

15 
116 
177 
92 
352 

752 

16 
142 
176 
79 
314 

727 

15 
110 
182 
83 
337 

727 

16 
142 
176 
79 
314 

727 

15 
110 
182 
83 
337 

727 

14
143
163
77
186

583

14
109
173
78
209

583

17,901 

17,364 

16,725 

16,370 

16,370 

15,570

3.1 

3.8 

2.2 

5.1 

5.1 

2.4

16,191 

15,715 

15,166 

14,891 

14,891 

14,132

3.0 

35 

3.6 

40 

1.8 

34 

5.4 

36 

5.4 

36 

2.8

35

19.69 

19.30 

18.40 

17.99 

17.99 

18.25

Includes VAT at Sainsbury’s Supermarkets and sales tax at Shaw’s Supermarkets.

1 
2  Net fi nance costs pre fi nancing fair value movements and one-off items that are material and infrequent in nature.
3   IFRS — Profi t before tax from continuing operations before any gain or loss on the sale of properties, impairment of goodwill, fi nancing fair value movements and one-off items that are material and 

86

infrequent in nature.

4  UK GAAP — Underlying profi t before tax is stated before exceptional items.
5  Total proposed dividend in relation to the fi nancial year.
6  Includes all convenience stores and convenience acquisitions.
7  Restated to measure space excluding checkouts, consistent with the rest of the market.

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Additional shareholder information

 End of year information at 22 March 2008

Number of shareholders:  

Number of shares in issue:  

By size of holding

500 and under 
501 to 1,000 
1,001 to 10,000 
10,001 to 100,000 
100,001 to 1,000,000  
Over 1,000,000 

By category of shareholder 

Individual and other shareholders 
Insurance companies 
Banks and Nominees 
Investment Trusts 
Pension Funds 
Other Corporate Bodies 

123,214 (2007: 127,354)

1,747,013,518 (2007: 1,734,239,672)

Shareholders 
% 
2008 

Shareholders 
% 
2007 

67.90 
12.64 
18.13 
0.90 
0.28 
0.15 

67.62 
12.59 
18.31 
0.95 
0.36 
0.17 

Shares 
% 
2008 

0.54 
0.66 
3.15 
1.68 
6.96 
87.01 

Shares
%
2007

0.57
0.69
3.34
1.86
8.68
84.86

100.00 

100.00 

100.00 

100.00

Shareholders 
% 
2008 

Shareholders 
% 
2007 

95.64 
0.04 
3.93 
0.03 
0.01 
0.35 

96.04 
0.05 
3.52 
0.03 
0.01 
0.35 

Shares 
% 
2008 

18.12 
0.02 
70.27 
0.01 
0.08 
11.50 

Shares
%
2007

21.91
0.03
69.71
0.01
0.13
8.21

100.00 

100.00 

100.00 

100.00

 Annual Report and Financial Statements
The Annual Report and Financial Statements is published on our 
website at www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/report2008 and has only been 
sent to those shareholders who have asked for a copy. Shareholders 
who have not requested a paper copy of the Annual Report have 
been notifi ed of its availability on the website.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRIP”)
The Company has a DRIP, which allows shareholders to reinvest 
their cash dividends in the Company’s shares bought in the market 
through a specially arranged share dealing service. No new 
shares are allotted under this Plan and some 32,580 shareholders 
participate in it. Full details of the Plan and its charges, together 
with mandate forms, are available from the Registrars.

A paper copy of the Annual Report is available by writing to the 
Company Secretary, J Sainsbury plc, 33 Holborn, London EC1N 2HT 
or you can email your request to investor.relations2@sainsburys.co.uk.

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”)
The AGM will be held at 11.00am on Tuesday 15 July 2008 at The 
International Convention Centre, Broad Street, Birmingham B1 2EA. 
The Notice of the Meeting and the proxy card for the meeting are 
enclosed with this report. 

Company website
J Sainsbury plc Interim and Annual Reports and results 
announcements are available via the internet on our website 
(www.j-sainsbury.co.uk). As well as providing share price data and 
fi nancial history, the site also provides background information 
about the Company, regulatory and news releases and current 
issues. Shareholders can receive email notifi cation of results 
and press announcements as they are released by registering 
on the page called Email news service in the Investor section 
of the website.

Registrar
For information about the AGM, shareholdings, dividends and to 
report changes to personal details, shareholders should contact: 
Computershare Investor Services PLC, PO Box 82, The Pavilions, 
Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 7NH.

Telephone: 0870 702 0106 (www.computershare.com).

Key dates for the fi nal dividend are as follows:

Last date for return or revocation of 
  Plan mandates  

Plan shares purchased for participants 

Plan share certifi cates issued 

27 June 2008

18 July 2008

31 July 2008

Individual Savings Account (“ISA”)
A corporate ISA is available from The Share Centre Ltd and offers 
a tax effi cient way of holding shares in the Company. Both a 
Maxi and Mini ISA are available. For further information contact: 
The Share Centre, PO Box 2000, Oxford Road, Aylesbury, 
Buckinghamshire HP21 8ZB. 

Telephone: 01296 414141 or freephone: 08000 282812 and quote 
“Sainsbury’s”.

Low cost share dealing service
The Company offers a low cost share dealing service for 
J Sainsbury plc ordinary shares through The Share Centre Ltd. 
For further information contact: The Share Centre, PO Box 2000, 
Oxford Road, Aylesbury, Buckinghamshire HP21 8ZB. 

Telephone: 01296 414141 or freephone: 08000 282812 and quote 
“Sainsbury’s”.

87

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional shareholder information continued

 ShareGift
Shareholders who wish to donate shares to charity can do so 
through ShareGift, the independent charity share donation scheme 
(registered charity no. 1052686). Further information about 
ShareGift may be obtained from Computershare Investor Services 
PLC or from ShareGift on 020 7930 3737 or at www.sharegift.org. 
There are no implications for capital gains tax purposes (on gain 
or loss) on gifts of shares to charity and it is also possible to claim 
income tax relief.

Tax information — Capital Gains Tax (“CGT”)
For CGT purposes, the market value of ordinary shares on 
31 March 1982 adjusted for all capital adjustments was 91.99 pence 
and B shares 10.941 pence.

Share capital consolidation
The original base cost of shares apportioned between ordinary 
shares of 284/7 pence and B shares is made by reference to the 
market value of each class of shares on the fi rst day for which a 
market value is quoted after the new holding comes into existence. 
The market value for CGT purposes of any share or security quoted 
on the Stock Exchange Daily Offi cial List is generally the lower of 
the two quotations on any day plus one quarter of the difference 
between the values.

On Monday 19 July 2004 the values were determined as follows:

New ordinary shares 257.5 pence
B shares 35 pence

Investor relations
For investor enquiries please contact: Elliot Jordan, Head 
of Investor Relations, J Sainsbury plc, Store Support Centre, 
33 Holborn, London EC1N 2HT.

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)
The Company has a sponsored Level I ADR programme for which 
The Bank of New York acts as depositary. 

The ADRs are traded on the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market in 
the US under the symbol JSYNSY, where one ADR is equal to four 
ordinary shares.

All enquiries relating to ADRs should be addressed to:

The Bank of New York, Investor Relations, PO Box 11258, 
Church Street Station, New York, NY 10286-1258. Toll Free 
Telephone # for domestic callers: 1-888-BNY-ADRS
International callers can call: +1-610-382-7836
Email: shareowners@bankofny.com

General contact details
An audio tape of the Chairman’s statement and the Business review 
can be obtained by calling: 01435 862 737.

Share price information is available on the Company’s website, 
in the fi nancial press and the Cityline service operated by the 
Financial Times (Telephone: 0906 003 3904).

For general enquiries about Sainsbury’s Bank call: 0500 405 060.

For any customer enquiries please contact our Customer Careline 
by calling: 0800 636 262.

88

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

Additional shareholder information continued

 Electronic communications for shareholders
The Company has set up a facility for shareholders to take 
advantage of electronic communications. 

If you would like to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 view the Annual Report and Financial Statements on the day 
it is published
 register your email address so that future shareholder 
information can be sent to you electronically
 check the balance and current value of your shareholding 
and view your dividend history
submit your vote online prior to a general meeting

Financial calendar 2008/09

Dividend and interest payments
Ordinary dividend

Ex-dividend date 
Record date 
Final dividend payable 
Interim dividend payable 

Other dates

21 May 2008
23 May 2008
18 July 2008
January 2009

Log on to (www.j-sainsbury.co.uk) and complete the 
following steps:
1  click on “Investors”
2  click on “Shareholder Services”
3  click on “Computershare”
4 

 enter the required information and click on “submit”. 
You will need your 11 character shareholder reference number 
located on your latest tax voucher
 click on “Electronic Shareholder Communication” 
and register online.

5 

 Registered offi ce
J Sainsbury plc
33 Holborn
London EC1N 2HT
Registered number 185647

Solicitors
Linklaters
One Silk Street
London EC2Y 8HQ

Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Embankment Place
London WC2N 6RH

Stockbrokers
UBS
1 Finsbury Avenue
London EC2M 2PP

Morgan Stanley
25 Cabot Square
Canary Wharf
London E14 4QA

Annual General Meeting — Birmingham  

15 July 2008

Interim results announced 

12 November 2008

Interim report available 

November 2008

Annual General Meeting — London 

15 July 2009

89

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

  Glossary

‘Active Kids’ — Our nationwide scheme to 
help inspire school children to take more 
exercise and to eat more healthily. Launched 
in 2005, Active Kids is open to all nursery, 
primary and secondary schools as well 
as Scouts and Girl Guides in the UK. 
www.sainsburys.co.uk/activekids 

AGM — Annual General Meeting — This 
year the AGM will be held on Tuesday 15 
July 2008 at The International Convention 
Centre, Broad Street, Birmingham B1 2EA 
at 11.00am.

B shares — Preference B shares issued on 
12 July 2004 as part of the Return of Capital 
scheme in 2004/05.

‘basics’ — Sainsbury’s core sub brand range 
of products.

‘BGTY’ — ‘Be Good to Yourself’ — 
Sainsbury’s healthier alternative sub brand 
range of products. Products are either: 
those with less than three per cent fat or 
those with less calories, salt and saturated 
fat than standard lines.

CMBS — Commercial Mortgage Backed 
Securities.

Company — J Sainsbury plc.

CC — Competition Commission — An 
independent public body which conducts 
in-depth inquiries into mergers, markets and 
the major regulated industries. The CC is 
undertaking an investigation into the supply 
of groceries by retailers in the UK.
www.competition-commission.org.uk

Easter adjustment — To adjust for the 
timing of Easter falling on 8 April 2007 
and 23 March 2008.

ESOP trusts — Employee Share Ownership 
Plan trusts.

Fairtrade — The Fairtrade label is an 
independent consumer label that 
guarantees a fair deal for marginalised 
workers and small scale farmers in 
developing countries. Producers receive 
a minimum price that covers the cost of 
production and an extra premium that 
is invested in the local community. 
www.fairtrade.org.uk

OFT — Offi ce of Fair Trading.

Organic — Organic farming prohibits the 
use of artifi cial fertilisers, pesticides, growth 
regulators and additives in livestock feed. 
The International Federation of Organic 
Agriculture Movements (IFOAM) accredits 
national organic certifying bodies.

Pipeline — Sites which the Group has 
an interest in developing in the future.

ROCE — Return on Capital Employed.

RPI — Retail Price Index.

Fair value — The amount for which an asset 
could be exchanged, or a liability settled, 
between knowledgeable, willing parties in 
an arm’s length transaction.

‘freefrom’ — Sainsbury’s range of products 
guaranteed to be wheat, gluten or dairy free.

FSA — Food Standards Agency.
www.food.gov.uk

‘Sainsbury’s SO organic’ — Sainsbury’s 
organic sub brand range of products.

SORIE — Statement of recognised income 
and expense.

TSR — Total Shareholder Return — The 
growth in value of a shareholding over a 
specifi ed period, assuming that dividends 
are reinvested to purchase additional units 
of the stock.

FTSE4Good — The FTSE Group, an indexing 
company, runs the FTSE4Good index series 
to measure the performance of companies 
that meet CR standards, and to facilitate 
investment in those companies. 
www.ftse.com/ftse4good

‘Ttd’ — ‘Taste the difference’ — Sainsbury’s 
premium sub brand range of products.

‘Try something new today’ — The marketing 
campaign in support of Making Sainsbury’s 
Great Again.

GDAs — Guideline Daily Amounts.

‘TU’ — Sainsbury’s own label clothing range.

Gearing — Net debt divided by total equity.

Group — The Company and its subsidiaries.

‘TU home’ — Sainsbury’s sub brand 
homeware range of products.

Underlying basic earnings per share — 
Profi t after tax from continuing operations 
attributable to equity holders before any 
gain or loss on the sale of properties, 
impairment of goodwill, impairment of 
properties held within joint ventures, 
fi nancing fair value movements and one-off 
items that are material and infrequent in 
nature, divided by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during 
the year, excluding those held by the ESOP 
trusts, which are treated as cancelled.

Underlying profi t before tax — Profi t 
before tax from continuing operations 
before any gain or loss on the sale of 
properties, impairment of goodwill, 
impairment of properties held within joint 
ventures, fi nancing fair value movements 
and one-off items that are material and 
infrequent in nature.

Underlying operating profi t/(loss) — 
Underlying profi t before tax from continuing 
operations before fi nance income and 
fi nance costs.

CR — Corporate responsibility — The need 
to act responsibly in managing the impact 
on a range of stakeholders: customers, 
colleagues, investors, suppliers, the 
community and the environment.

IFRIC — International Financial Reporting 
Interpretations Committee.

IFRS — International Financial Reporting 
Standard(s).

‘Different by design’ — Sainsbury’s general 
merchandise brand which mirrors the 
premium ‘Taste the difference’ food range.

IGD — Institute of Grocery Distribution.
www.igd.com

‘Different values’ — Campaign launched 
in 2007 to emphasise the higher quality 
specifi cations and great value of Sainsbury’s  
own brand products. 

Dividend cover — Underlying profi t after tax 
from continuing operations attributable to 
equity shareholders divided by total value 
of dividends declared during the year.

DRIP — Dividend Reinvestment Plan — 
Allows shareholders to reinvest their cash 
dividend in shares of the Company through 
a specially arranged share dealing service.

EBITDAR — Earnings before income tax, 
depreciation, amortisation and rent.

EPS — Earnings per share — Earnings 
attributable to ordinary shareholders 
divided by the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue during the year, 
excluding those held by ESOP trusts, which 
are treated as cancelled.

Income statement — Formerly known as the 
profi t and loss account under UK GAAP.

ISA — Individual Savings Account.

JV — Joint venture — A business jointly 
owned by two or more parties.

Like-for-like sales — The measure of year 
on year same store sales growth.

LTIP — Long-Term Incentive Plan.

‘Mtdd’ — ‘Make the difference days’ – 
Launched in April 2007 to raise awareness 
and action around different social, 
environmental and ethical issues and 
working partnership with customers to make 
a sustained difference.

MTL — Multiple traffi c lights — Nutritional 
labels which provide effective ‘at-a-glance’ 
information customers need to make 
healthier choices when shopping. Around 
5,000 Sainsbury’s products carry our Wheel 
of Health MTL label.

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

90

Notes

91

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008 J Sainsbury plc

Notes

92

J Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008

Designed by sasdesign.co.uk. Printed by royle print.

This Report is printed on Revive Uncoated, a recycled paper containing 100% post consumer collected waste.
The paper is FSC accredited as a recycled grade.
The printer is certifi ed to the environmental management system ISO 14001 and is also Carbon Neutral.

Our annual report can be found online 
at www.j-sainsbury.co.uk/report2008

Providing information in this way has signifi cantly reduced 
the amount of paper printed and dristributed and is in keeping 
with our principle of ‘respect for our environment’.

We hope you agree this is a change for the better.

www.sainsburys.co.uk

J Sainsbury plc, 33 Holborn, London EC1N 2HT

The FSC Logo identifi es products which 
contain wood from well managed forests 
certifi ed in accordance with the rules of 
Forest Stewardship Council. FSC Trademark 
© 1996 Forest Stewardship Council, A.C.